UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C. 20549   

Form 10-K

 



(Mark One)

  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15( d ) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

  or

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to      

Commission file number 001-15751

 

eMAGIN CORPORATION 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 





 

Delaware

56-1764501

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

Identification No.)

 

2070 Route 52, Hopewell Junction, NY 12533

(Address of principal executive offices) 

 

( 845 )   838-7900  

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  Common Stock, $.001 Par Value Per Share

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes        No  



Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes        No  



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes       No  



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes           No  



Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or an y amendment to this Form 10-K.   



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.   See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   (Check one):



  Large   accelerated   filer                 Accelerated   filer                 Non-accelerated  filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

   Smaller   Reporting   Company  



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)    Yes        No  



As of June 30, 2016 , the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, the aggregate market value of the issued and outstanding common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing price of the common stock as traded on the NYSE MK T of $ 2. 64 was approximately $ 44. 2 mil lion.   For purposes of the above statement only, all directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders are assumed to be affiliates.  This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purpose.



The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 15 , 201 7   wa s   31 , 626,516 .  



DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Part III of this Report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2017, which definitive proxy statement shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report relates.



 

1  

 


 

eMAGIN CORPORATION

 

FORM 10-K

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

 

INDEX

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

PART I

 

Item 1

Business

4

Item 1A

Risk Factors

13

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

24

Item 2

Properties

24

Item 3

Legal Proceedings

24

Item 4

Mine Safety Disclosures

24

 

PART II

 

Item 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

25

Item 6

Selected Financial Data

26

Item 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

27

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

38

Item 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

39

Item 9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

40

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

40

Item 9B

Other Information

40

 

PART III

 

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

42

Item 11

Executive Compensation

42

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

42

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

42

Item 14

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

42

 

PART IV

 

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

43

Item 16

Form 10-K Summary

 



Signatures

44

 

 

2  

 


 

STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, or Report, contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s belief   and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in   these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, and   involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or   achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied   by these forward-looking statements.



In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,”   “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other   comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements   because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and   which could materially affect our results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include,   among other things, those listed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Report. If one or more of these risks or   uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those   implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You   should read this Report and the documents that we reference in this Report and have filed with the Securities and Exchange   Commission, or the SEC, as exhibits to this Report, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be   materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.



In particular, forward-looking statements in this Report include statements about:



·

Our ability to successfully develop and market our products to customers;

·

Our ability to successfully implement resolutions related to customer stop orders;

·

Our ability to generate customer demand for our products in our target markets;

·

The development of our target markets and market opportunities, including our planned entry in the consumer market;

·

Our potential exposure to product liability claims; our ability to manufacture suitable products at competitive cost;

·

Our ability to successfully launch new equipment on our manufacturing line;

·

Market pricing for our products and for competing products; the extent of increasing competition;

·

Technological developments in our target markets and the development of alternate, competing technologies in them;

·

Our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements; and

·

Our needs for additional financing, as well as our ability to obtain such additional financing on reasonable terms .



The forward-looking statements in this Report represent our views as of the date of this Report. We anticipate that subsequent   events and developments may cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at   some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. Therefore, these   forward-looking statements do not represent our views as of any date other than the date of this Report.



In this Report, references to “eMagin Corporation,” “eMagin,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our company” refer to eMagin Corporation and our wholly owned subsidiary, Virtual Vision, Inc.



3  

 


 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BU SINESS

 

Introduction

 

We are a leader in the manufacture of microdisplays using OLED (organic light emitting diode) technology. We design, develop, manufacture, and market OLED on silicon microdisplays, virtual imaging products that utilize OLED microdisplays, and related products. We also perform research in the OLED field. Our virtual imaging products integrate OLED technology with silicon chips to produce high-resolution microdisplays one-inch diagonally and smaller which, when viewed through a magnifier, create virtual images that appear comparable in size to that of a computer monitor or a large-screen television.  Our products enable our original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) customers to develop and market improved or new electronic products, especially products that are mobile and highly portable so that people have immediate access to information and can experience immersive forms of communications and entertainment.   We also develop and manufacture night vision products for the consumer market including a smart phone attachment and a wearable device.

 

We believe our OLED microdisplays offer a number of significant advantages over comparable liquid crystal microdisplays (“LCD” and “LCOS”) including sharply higher contrast, greater power efficiency, less weight, more compact size, and negligible image smearing. Using our active matrix OLED technology, many computer and electronic system functions can be built directly into the OLED microdisplay silicon backplane, resulting in compact, high resolution, power efficient systems. Already proven in military and commercial systems, our portfolio of OLED microdisplays deliver high-resolution, flicker-free virtual images that perform effectively even in extreme temperatures and high-vibration conditions We have developed our own intellectual property and accumulated over 15 years of manufacturing know-how to create high performance OLED microdisplays.

 

We were formed through the merger of Fashion Dynamics Corporation, which was organized on January 23, 1996 under the laws of the State of Nevada, and FED Corporation, a developer and manufacturer of optical systems and microdisplays for use in the electronics industry. Simultaneous with this merger, we changed our name to eMagin Corporation. We are incorporated in the state of Delaware.

 

We derive the majority of our revenue from sales of our OLED microdisplay products. We also earn revenue from government, commercial and consumer product development contracts that may complement and support our internal research and development programs.  In addition, we generate sales from optics and microdisplays combined with optics (“microviewers”). Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, we introduced two consumer products, BlazeSpark and BlazeTorch.





Our Technology Platforms

 

Small Molecule, Top-Emitting Active Matrix OLED Technology

 

There are two basic classes of OLED technology, single molecule, or small molecule (monomer), and polymer. Our microdisplays are currently based upon active matrix small molecule OLED technology, which we refer to as active matrix OLED (“AMOLED”) . Our AMOLED technology uniquely permits millions of individual low-voltage light sources to be built on low-cost, silicon computer chips to produce single color, white or full-color display arrays.  Using our OLED technology, many computer and video electronic system functions can be built directly into the silicon chip, under the OLED film, resulting in a compact, integrated system with lower overall system costs relative to alternative technologies.

 

OLEDs are thin films of stable organic materials that emit light of various colors when a voltage is impressed across them. OLEDs are emissive devices, which means that they create their own light, as opposed to liquid crystal displays (“LCD”), which require a separate light source. As a result, our OLED microdisplays use less power and deliver much higher contrast and fuller color than liquid crystal microdisplays. Unlike LCD displays which use crossed polarizers to generate black level, OLED displays exhibit an extremely high contrast ratio which results in very vivid images. Because the light they emit is Lambertian, which means that it appears equally bright from most forward directions, a moderate movement in the eye does not change the image brightness or color as it does in other technologies.

 

4  

 


 

Our technology is based on integrating a proprietary OLED device with a specially designed silicon backplane to produce efficient and high performance AMOLED microdisplays.  Our OLED displays incorporate a proprietary , top-emitting structure for our OLED devices that enables OLED displays to be built on opaque silicon integrated circuits rather than only on glass. Our OLED microdisplays emit full visible spectrum (white) light that is isolated with color filters to create color images. Our microdisplays have a brightness that can be greater than that of a typical notebook computer and can have a potential useful life of over 50,000 operating hours in certain applications. New processes and device improvements, such as our OLED-XLS™ technology, offer even better performance for brightness, efficiency, and lifespan. We have developed   extremely bright OLED microdisplays using our patented and copyrighted direct patterning (dPd) technology and   have demonstrated color high resolution (WUXGA) microdisplays with brightness in excess of 4 ,500 nits, which is the world’s highest resolution and brightness. In addition to our AMOLED technology, we have developed compact optic and lens enhancements which, when coupled with the microdisplay, provide the high quality large screen appearance that we believe a large proportion of the marketplace demands.



We believe that our AMOLED technology provides significant advantages over other microdisplay technologies in our targeted markets. We believe these key advantages include:

 

·

Low power consumption for improved battery life and longer system life;

·

High- speed performance resulting in clear video images; 

·

Wide angle light emission resulting in large apparent screen size and more immersive experience;

·

Wide operating temperature range;

·

Good environmental stability (vibration and humidity); 

·

Low manufacturing cost; and 

·

Low cost system solutions.



Prism Optics

 

High quality, large view lenses with a wide range for eye positioning are essential for using our displays in near-eye systems. We have developed advanced molded plastic prism lenses that permit our AMOLED microdisplays to provide large field of view images that can be viewed for extended periods with reduced eye-fatigue. We have engaged a firm to manufacture our lenses in order to provide them in larger quantities to our customers.  We have developed an additional prism optic for a project that will pair with our SXGA096 display.



Our Market Opportunities

 

We target the military, industrial/medical, and consumer markets although many of our products cater to multiple markets (“dual use”). Within each of these market sectors we believe that our OLED microdisplays, when combined with compact optic lenses, can become a key component for a variety of mobile electronic products. Many of these products employ head-wearable displays that incorporate microdisplays mounted in or on eyeglasses, goggles, simple headbands, helmets, or hardhats, and are often referred to as head-mounted displays (HMDs) or headsets. Head-wearable displays may block out surroundings for a fully immersive experience, or be designed to "see-through" or "see-around" to the user's surroundings. They may contain one (monocular) or two (binocular) displays. We have leveraged our experience in developing  for military and commercial pilot’s aviation helmets and believe this experience will allow us to more rapidly  introduce specialized/high-end   mass market consumer virtual and augmented reality applications than our competitors

 

Military/Aviation

 

Properly implemented, we believe that head-mounted systems incorporating our microdisplays increase the user’s effectiveness by allowing hands-free operation and increasing situational awareness with sufficient brightness for use in daylight, yet controllable for nighttime light security. A COTS (commercial off the shelf) component, OLED microdisplays possess performance characteristics important to military and other demanding commercial and industrial applications including high contrast, wide dimming range, shock and vibration resistance and insensitivity to high G-forces. The image does not suffer from flicker or color breakup in vibrating environments and the microdisplay's wide viewing angle allows ease of viewing for long periods of time. Most importantly, our OLED's very low power consumption reduces battery weight and, for military applications, increases allowed mission length. The OLED's wide operating temperature range is of special interest for military applications because the display can turn on instantly at temperatures far below freezing and can operate at very high temperatures, such as desert conditions. Our microdisplay products provide power advantages over other microdisplay technologies, particularly liquid crystal displays which require backlights and heaters and cannot provide instant-on capabilities at low temperatures.

 

Our products’ military applications primarily fall into three broad areas: (1) helmet-mounted  and handheld displays for situational awareness and data; (2) night vision/thermal imaging goggles, rifles and targeting sights, and handheld viewers; and (3) training and simulation devices. These systems are also well suited for demanding operations such as urban security, homeland defense, and fire and rescue.

5  

 


 

 

Situational Awareness.   Situational awareness products include head-mounted displays that are used to display  things as digital map, sensor imagery and pilot aviation information.  In addition, handheld imagers  provide improved situational awareness for surveillance and training. These products can also be combined with a weapon system to give the user the capability to select targets without direct exposure. Our OLED microdisplays have been incorporated into a broad range of U.S. and foreign military situational awareness programs. Incorporating OLED microdisplays into aviation helmets has been made possible by the high brightness of the OLED technology that we developed.



Night Vision/Thermal Imaging. Night vision goggles allow the user to see in low light conditions. Most versions include two different technologies: infrared/thermal and image intensification. Third and fourth generation military devices generally use some combination of the two technologies. Thermal imagers detect infrared energy (heat) and convert it into an electronic signal. The resulting signal needs to be presented on a display. Heat sensed by an infrared camera can be very precisely quantified, or measured, allowing the user to not only monitor thermal performance, but also identify and evaluate the relative severity of heat-related problems. Thermal imaging systems can be stand-alone handheld systems or integrated as part of the aiming mechanism for a larger system.   Advances in sensor technology, both in sensitivity and resolution as well as economic efficiency, have been the driving factors in the adoption of thermal technologies for military applications. The power efficiency and environmental ruggedness of our products are strong competitive advantages, particularly for smaller handheld non-cooled systems. Fielded products incorporating our OLED microdisplays include Harris’ and L3’s Enhanced Night Vision Goggle II for the U.S. Army, L-3’s Javelin medium-range anti-tank missile system, Northrop Grumman’s Lightweight Laser Designator Rangefinders, Thales’ SOPHIE™ handheld thermal imagers, and Thales’ MINIE™, LUCIE™, and MONIE™ night vision goggles.

 

Training and Simulation. Our OLED microdisplays are purchased by OEMs for use with their simulation and training products.   The companies that incorporate our OLEDs into their training and simulation applications include Quantum 3D, Rockwell Collins, Intevac Vision Systems, and Sensics, among others.

 

Our displays have been commercialized or prototyped for situational awareness and night vision/thermal imaging applications by military systems integrators including Elbit, L-3 Communications, Intevac Vision Systems, Nivisys, BAE Systems Technology, DRS, Harris (formerly Excelis/ITT), Intevac Vision Systems, Qioptiq, Rockwell Collins, SA Photonics, Saab, Sagem DS, and Thales, among others.

 

Commercial, Industrial, and Medical

 

We believe that a wide variety of commercial and industrial markets offer significant opportunities for our products due to increasing demand for instant data accessibility in mobile workplace environments and due to the benefit of mobile displays to enhance visual performance. Examples of existing and potential microdisplay applications include enhanced visualization during ocular surgery, mobile ultrasound, mobile nondestructive testing, enhanced vision for those with visual impairments, immediate access to inventory or maint enance and construction manuals, routine qu ality assurance inspection, and real-time viewing of images and data for a variety of applications. As an example, a user wearing an HMD while operating test equipment, such as an oscilloscope, can view technical data while simultaneously probing printed circuit boards. Current commercial products equipped with our OLED microdisplays in these sectors include those produced by BCF, Liteye, FLIR Systems, Nordic NeuroLab, VRmagic GmbH, and Sensics , among others.

 

Consumer

 

We believe that the most significant driver of the longer term near-eye virtual imaging microdisplay market is the growing consumer demand for mobile access to larger volumes of information and entertainment in smaller and more affordable packages. This desire for mobility has resulted in the development of mobile video personal viewer products in three general categories: (i)  immersive virtual reality (VR) headset-application platforms such as accessories for gaming computers, portable DVD systems and wearable telepresence systems; (ii) augmented reality (AR) electronic viewers incorporated in products such as data glasses and personal viewers for cell phones; and (iii) low cost thermal and low light images and scopes for hunting and other outdoor activities.

 

As we manufacture our OLED displays in higher volumes at reduced costs and capitalize on our dPd technology, we believe that our products will be increasingly well positioned to compete with and displace liquid crystal displays in the rapidly growing consumer market, particularly as demand expands for sophisticated mobile personal viewers offering higher resolution and better image quality for VR and AR applications.  Users of VR HMD’s are demanding a fully immersive experience.  We believe our dPd technology addresses the critical performance parameters for next generation VR HMD’s including higher brightness, sharper resolution,  lower power consumption and longer life.  Our strategy for addressing the consumer mass market includes developing partnerships with both Tier One consumer companies and high volume production manufacturing companies. 



6  

 


 

Potential applications for these personal viewers include handheld personal computers and mobile devices, such as smartphones, whose small, direct view screens limit the amount of information that can be displayed but which are now capable of running more complex software applications.  Examples encompass applications where hands-free viewing is desired such as maintenance activities; e ntertainment and gaming video headset systems; and night time or thermal imaging devices for hunting, camping, and other outdoor activities.  Current commercial products equipped with our OLED microdisplays in these sectors include those produced by Trijicon  ( IR Defense ) , among others.  In addition, in late 2015   we entered into a HMD technology licensing agreement with a Tier One consumer electronics company which includes the use of our 2K x 2K displays in its consumer headsets. I n December 2016 , we entered into an agreement with a Tier One company interested in incorporating our proprietary dPd technology into potential headset products.



In the 2016 we introduced two night vision products, BrightSpark and BrightTorch ;   began selling directly to consumers in the first quarter of fiscal 2017 , and anticipate sales to commercial customers and OEMs beginning in the second quarter .  These products were designed for recreational use as well as hobbyists, and   outdoor enthusiasts.  Additionally, the products can be used by utilities and law enforcement agencies to expand or enhance their night-time activities .



Our Products

 

Our first commercial mi crodisplay, the SVGA+ OLED, was introduced in 2001.  In 2008, we introduced engineering samples of our SXGA120 OLED microdisplays and began selling significant quantities of the product in 2010. In late 2011, we began selling pre-production samples of the WUXGA OLED microdisplay which is now qualified and in production.  In 2014, we released our Digital SVGA and in 2015 we released our smaller pixel pitch digital SXGA, SXGA096, as well as an upgrade to the SXGA120 and WUXGA .  Our OLED display products are being designed in products to be manufactured by OEM customers for a wide variety of military, medical, industrial, and consumer applications. We offer our products to OEMs and other buyers as both separate components, integrated bundles coupled with our own optics, or full systems. We also offer engineering support to enable customers to quickly integrate our products into their own product development programs and design customized displays with resolutions or features to meet special customer requirements.  In 2015 we announced the development of a prototype 2K x 2K immersive headset that uses our prototype 2K x 2K display. During 2016, eMagin demonstrated the world’s first highest brightness (~4,500 cd/m2) and highest resolution (1920x1200 pixels) microdisplay using our proprietary direct patterning method. With the addition of these new displays, we now offer the widest variety of OLED microdisplay options to our customers



SVGA+ OLED Microdisplay Series (Super Video Graphics Array of 852x600).   The SVGA+ OLED Microdisplay Series is a 0.62 inch diagonal microdisplay that has a resolution of 852x600 triad pixels (1.53 million picture elements). The display also has an internal NTSC monochrome video decoder for low power night vision systems. The SVGA+ Rev3 OLED-XL microdisplay is a power efficient OLED display solution for near-eye personal viewer applications which uses less than 115 mW power in monochrome for thermal imaging applications, and lower than 175 mW at 200 cd/m2 for full color video.



Digital SVGA OLED-XL. The Digital SVGA or DSVGA OLED-XL was released for production in 2014. This is an 800 x 600 display with 15 micron pixels and a 0.6 inch diagonal. It has all the benefits of eMagin’s other digital displays including lower power (100 mW monochrome and 135 mW color), high (10,000 to 1) contrast, and also features a digital composite signal interface, enabling a minimal physical interface for color applications



SXGA096 OLED-XL/XLS (Super eXtended Graphics Array, 1280 x 1024).   The SXGA096 display was introduced in 2015.  It features a 9.6-micron color pixel and was designed with the same level of feature integration as the DSVGA microdisplay, as well as a   low pin-count , high speed LVDS (Low Voltage Differential Signaling) data interface. The compactness and high information content of the SXGA096 makes it ideal for small form factor applications such as commercial headsets and smart weapon sights. This microdisplay incorporates OLED XLS technology more than doubling the OLED XL brightness. This expands the range of optical solutions that can be used with this display to result in smaller and lighter display modules



SXGA OLED-XL (Super eXtended Graphics Array, 1280 x 1024 ). Our SXGA OLED microdisplay with a 0.77 inch diagonal active area provides 3,932,160 sub-pixels in an active area. The display’s pixel array comprises triads of vertical sub-pixels stacked side by side to make up each 12 x 12mm color pixel. The SXGA OLED-XL microdisplay offers digital signal processing, requiring less than 200mW under typical operation. The supported video formats are SXGA, 720p, DVGA (through 1280 x 960 pixel doubling), and both frame sequential and field sequential stereovision.

 

VGA OLED-XL (Video Graphics Array, 640 x 480 ). T he VGA OLED-XL microdisplay was introduced to our product line in 2011 and is our smallest (0.5 inches) and lowest powered (<60 mW monochrome/<100 mW color). The VGA OLED-XL utilizes the same voltage pixel drive architecture and “Deep Black” technology as the SXGA and WUXGA designs and includes motion artifact reduction technology like the WUXGA. Also like the SXGA and WUXGA, the VGA provides a FPGA driver design for maximum flexibility and versatility. The VGA interface is 30-bit digital RGB.



7  

 


 

WUXGA OLED-XL (Widescreen Ultra eXtended Graphics Array, 1920 x 1200 ). Our WUXGA OLED-XL microdisplay provides higher resolution than most HD (High Definition) flat screen televisions. With a triad sub-pixel structure this display is built of 7,138,360 active dots at 3.2 microns each. The WUXGA OLED-XL is built upon the voltage pixel drive approach first developed for the SXGA OLED-XL , which provides improved uniformity, ultra-high contrast (measured at greater than 100,000:1) and lower power. The advanced WUXGA design features our proprietary “Deep Black” architecture that ensures that off-pixels are truly black, automatically optimizes contrast under all conditions, and delivers better pixel to pixel uniformity. The WUXGA OLED-XL includes a very low-power, low-voltage-differential-signaling (LVDS) serial interface and the overall display power requirement is typically less than 350 mW running standard video. Also included is our proprietary motion enha ncement technology which smooth s video display and virtually eliminates unwanted artifacts. Like the SXGA, the WUXGA provides a FPGA driver design available on a separate, lower power driver board, or as source code for integration into end product electronics giving OEM developers maximum versatility and flexibility. On-board circuitry ensures consistent color and brightness over a wide range of operating temperatures.

 

Lens and Design Reference Kit s . We offer a WF05 prism optic with mounting brackets or combined with OLED microdisplays to form an optic-display module. We provide Design Reference Kits, which include a microdisplay and associated electronics to help OEMs evaluate our microdisplay products and to assist their efforts to build and test new products incorporating our microdisplays.

 

Integrated Modules. We provide near-eye virtual imaging modules that incorporate our OLED-on-silicon microdisplays with our lenses and electronic interfaces for integration into OEM products. We have shipped customized modules to several customers, some of which have incorporated our products into their own commercial products.



Headsets (“HMDs”).  In 2014, we developed and demonstrated a new Immersive Head Mounted Display (IHMD) with a different look and superior performance than other Virtual Reality (VR) HMDs.   Compared to other VR HMDs, it has four times the resolution, no pixelization, and a much small er form factor.  It incorporated our earlier 2K by 2K hi gh-resolution OLED microdisplay prototype and patented optics, giving it significantly sharper resolution than a cell phone display and conventional optics.  The field of view (“FOV”) of the IHMD exceeds one hundred (100) degrees and it has a resolution of four (4) megapixels per eye.  We entered into a nonexclusive license to the technology used in this immersive HMD to an undisclosed company in late 2015.  This company may incorporate our 2K x 2K displays in hea dsets that use the technology.   The retrofit of our latest 2K x 2K microdisplay prototypes into the original design of this I HMD is being considered as a means to showcase the ir high er performance and increased resolution.



We comply with all applicable export control laws including the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”).  Certain of our products may be deemed to be controlled for export by the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security under the EAR or by the U.S. State Department’s Directorate of Defense Trade Controls (“DDTC”) under the ITAR.  Most of our ITAR products are custom displays developed for a specific military program or purpose. Failure to comply with these export control laws can lead to severe penalties, both civil and criminal, and can include debarment from contracting with the U.S. Government.



Night Vision Smartphone Camera Attachment and Goggles .  In 2016, we   announced night vision products for the direct to consu mer market, and began limited sales in the first quarter of 2017 .  A smartphone camera attachment allows consumers to see clear, high-resolution images in the dark.  A companion application allows users to record and live stream content directly to our social media sites and share with other sites .  We also developed a wearable device that utilizes our OLED microdisplay technology to provide hands-free operation for night-time activities with the capability to record and upload content .



Government Contract Funding 

 

We derive a portion of our revenue from funding that we receive pursuant to research contracts or subcontracts funded by various agencies of the United States Government. 

   

In 2014, we were awarded a $5 million   contract to develop and produce an ultra-high resolution, high brightness, high contrast, full color OLED microdisplay at a low unit cost .   This Defense-wide Manufacturing Science & Technology award (also known as ManTech) is funded by the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition ,   Technology, and Logistics and will be administered by the US Army RDECOM CERDEC Night Vision and Electronic Sensors Directorate Science and Technology Division. eMagin earned a substantial portion of i ts R&D contract revenue in 2016 from this project and expects to complete it by June 2017.



In 2015, we were awarded two new development programs that continued into 2016. The first program is a Small Business Technology Transfer program with the Air Force Research Laboratory and the second is a a Small Business Innovation Research  program with the United States Special Operations Command. Both programs were for investigating improved OLED micro display design and performance and were complet ed in 2016 .  



Also in 2015, we were awarded a contract for a feasibility study for a new microdisplay based on an improved backplane design. This contract has been extended to the next phase, and is expected to be worth over $1.1 million if all phases are contracted.



8  

 


 

Our contracts with the U.S. government require us to conduct the research effort described in the statement of work section of the contract.  The se contracts may be modified or terminated at the discretion of the government and are subject to authorization, appropriation and allocation of the required funding on an annual basis. We cannot assure you that we will receive the full contract price on any of these contracts.  Approximately 14 % of 2016 revenue was derived from research contracts funded by the U.S. Government as compared to 14% in 2015 .

 



Our Strategy

 

Our strategy is to strengthen our leadership position as a worldwide supplier of microdisplays and virtual imaging technology solutions for applications in high growth segments of the electronics industry by capitalizing on our experience and expertise in active matrix OLED technology and silicon wafer design.  We also plan to continue our participation in US Government funded Contract Research and Development programs which allows us to continue to enhance our technology.  We aim to provide microdisplays and complementary accessories to enable OEM customers serving a variety of markets including commercial, military and medical, to develop and manufacture new a nd enhanced electronic products .  With the announcement of our Blaze Spark and Blaze Torch consumer night vision products, we have also entered the consumer electronics, recreational, law enforcement and first responder markets.   Some key elements of our strategy to achieve these objectives include the following:



·

Develop partnerships in the consumer HMD market. As the Consumer VR market matures, eMagin technology is positioned well to address the requirements of this segment.  Developing customer partners is key to establishing eMagin as the market leader for next generation displays for the Consumer HMD market.  In addition, executing on mass production partnerships will position us to capture a market predicted to experience significant growth through the 2020’s.

·

Strengthen our technology leadership . As the first to exploit AMOLED microdisplays and the only participant in U.S. Government contract research and development programs for OLED microdisplays, we believe that we enjoy a significant advantage in bringing this technology to market. By continuing to invest in research and development, and protecting our intellectual property, we expect to further develop performance improvements and provide a competitive edge for our customers who integrate our displays into their end products. 

·

Optimize microdisplay manufacturing efficiencies while protecting proprietary processes and partner with large volume manufacturers to bring our technology into high volume production. We intend to reduce our production costs primarily by improving manufacturing yields and lowering fixed costs through reduced cycle time and increased automation as well as equipment upgrades. We outsource certain portions of microdisplay production, such as chip fabrication, to minimize our costs and time to market. We intend to retain the OLED-related processes in-house, where we have a core competency and manufacturing expertise. We also believe that by keeping these processes under tight control we can better protect our proprietary technology and process know-how. We believe that this strategy will also enhance our ability to continue to optimize and customize processes and devices to meet customer needs.  In order to address emerging high volume consumer electronics OLED microdisplay requirements, we are actively seeking manufacturing partners who can help us realize that objective.

·

Build and maintain strong design capabilities. We employ in-house design capabilities supplemented by outsourced design services. Building and maintaining this capability allows us to reduce engineering costs, accelerate the design process and enhance design accuracy to respond to our customers' needs as new markets develop. Contracting third party design support to meet demand and for specialized design skills may also remain a part of our overall long term strategy.  Given these capabilities we continue to look for opportunities to add value to our displays to increase revenue. 

·

Leverage strategic relationships. External relationships serve an important role in our research and development efforts. Suppliers, equipment vendors, government organizations, contract research groups, external design companies, customer and corporate partners, consortia, and university relationships all enhance the overall research and development effort and bring us new ideas and solutions. In addition, we participate in industry associations such as the Society for Information Display; SPIE, the international society for optics and photonics ; the Army Aviation Association of America; and the National Defense Industrial Association; among others.    We believe that strategic relationships allow us to determine better the demands of the marketplace and, as a result, allow us to focus our research and development activities on satisfying our customers’ evolving requirements.

·

Enter consumer electronics markets. We announced the launch of our consumer night vision products, the Blaze Spark smart phone accessory and Blaze Torch night vision goggles in late 2016 and began limited sales in the first quarter of 2017. We plan to sell direct to consumers over our website and, in addition, build relationships with commercial, law enforcement and first responder customers who have expressed interest in our products. 

 

9  

 


 

Sales and Marketing

 

We primarily provide our OLED display and optics components to OEMs to incorporate into their branded products and sell through their own well-established distribution channels. We have traditionally marketed and sold our products to customers through targeted selling, promotions, select advertising and attendance at trade shows. We identify companies with end products and applications for which we believe our products will provide a key differentiator. Marketing efforts focus on identifying prospects and communicating the product performance attributes foremost in the minds of purchasing decision-makers. We believe that this approach positions us to achieve the highest possible return on investment for our marketing expense.

 

We market our products in North America, Asia, and Europe directly from our sales office located at our Hopewell Junction, NY facilities.  We also have distributors in China and Korea.

 

An OEM design cycle typically requires between 6 and 36 months, depending on the uniqueness of the market, the complexity of the end product or, in the case of military OEM customers, government procurement schedules.  Because our microdisplays are the main functional component that defines many of our customers' end products, we work closely with customers to provide technical assistance throughout the product evaluation and integration process.



Our consumer night vision products , which became available for sale in the first quarter of 2017 ,   are marketed directly to the consumer through leveraging social media, trade shows, coverage by industry and consumer publications, and through our web site.  We also market our products directly to recreational venues which may purchase our products for use by and sale to their customers and directly to industrial and commercial end users.

 

Customers 

 

Customers for our products include both large multinational and smaller OEMs. We maintain relationships with OEMs in a diverse range of industries encompassing the military, industrial, medical, and consumer market sectors. The following table estimates net product revenues in the market sectors.    





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the Years Ended



 

December 31,

Market

 

2016

 

2015

Commercial

 

29 

%

 

27 

%

Military

 

47 

%

 

53 

%

Commercial and Military

 

24 

%

 

20 

%



The following table represents the domestic and international revenues as a percentage of total net revenues:





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the Years Ended



 

December 31,

Geographic Location

 

2016

 

2015

United States

 

58 

%

 

63 

%

International

 

42 

%

 

37 

%



In 2016 , there w as one   customer that accounted for   11 % of total revenue s In 2015 , there were 2 customers that accounted for 12 % and 11% of   total revenue s  



Backlog

 

As of December 31, 201 6 , we had a backlog of approximatel y $ 6. 4 million.  This backlog primarily consists of non-binding customer purchase orders and purchase agreements with expected delivery dates through 2017, but does not include expected revenue from research and development contracts or expected NRE (non-recurring engineering) programs under development.  Most purchase orders are subject to rescheduling or cancellation by the customer with no or limited penalties.  We believe that the backlog metric is of limited utility in predicting future sales because many of our OEM customers operate on a ship-to-order basis. Variations in the magnitude and duration of purchase orders and customer delivery requirements may result in substantial fluctuations in backlog from period to period.

 

10  

 


 

Manufacturing Facilities 

 

Our manufacturing facilities are located about 70 miles north of New York City in Hopewell Junction, NY. We lease approximately 37,000 square feet of space which houses our own equipment for OLED microdisplay fabrication and research and development, includes a 16,300 square foot class 10 clean room space, additional lower level clean room testing space, assembly space and administrative offices.



Facilities services provided by the lessor include our clean room, pure gases, high purity de-ionized water, compressed air, chilled water systems, and waste disposal support. This infrastructure provided by our lease provides us with many of the resources of a larger corporation without the added overhead costs. It further allows us to focus our resources more efficiently on our product development and manufacturing goals.

 

We believe manufacturing efficiency is an important factor for success, especially in the consumer markets. Although we currently have the equipment needed for profitable production in place, w e purchased $1. 4 million and $1. 2 million in 2016 and 2015 , respectively, of additional equipment mainly related to manufacturing and we plan to add additional  e quipment in 201 7   to increase capacity and yield and to meet expected demand for our microdisplays.



Our consumer night vision products are manufactured at contract manufacturing facilities located in Singapore and China and incorporate displays manufactured at our facilities in Hopewell Junction, NY, and components and subassemblies manufactured by domestic and foreign suppliers.  



Competition

 

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive. We face competition from legacy technologies such as transmissive LCDs and LCOS displays as well as from alternative flat panel display technologies such as virtual scanning retinal displays. There are many large and small companies that manufacture or have in development products based on these technologies.

 

There are a few manufacturers of high resolution OLED microdisplays that produce microdisplays that compete with our microdisplay products.  They are Yunnan OLiGHTECK Opto-Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. (“Olightek”) in China and MicroOLED in France. Both are shipping OLED microdisplays into the market. Sony Mobile Display Corp., in Japan, produces OLED microdisplays for integration into Sony’s own higher-level systems such as digital cameras and HMDs and is now selling microdisplays to some commercial customers.  In addition, in early 2017 , Kopin Corporation announced a 2k x 2k microdisplay which includes OLED’s sourced from an existing manufacturer.

 

If other new OLED-based companies enter our markets with directly relevant display designs and without manufacturing and reliability issues, we will face additional competition, although we believe that our progress to date in this area gives us a significant advantage.

 

In the future, we believe that competition will come from LCOS, small transmissive LCDs, and OLED microdisplays manufactured by competitors. While we believe our OLED technology is technically superior by providing higher quality images, greater environmental ruggedness, reduced electronics cost and complexity, and improved power efficiency microdisplays, there is no assurance that we will continue to be the dominant OLED microdisplay supplier.  Competition can also come from inorganic micro LEDs, a technology still in the development stage but which could become a major competitor if all the technological hurdles are overcome.



Our consumer night vision products may face competition from a variety of electronics manufacturers that primarily offer thermal imaging cameras and monoculars.  These include manufacturers of thermal imaging video cameras and monoculars .  These devices are traditionally more expensive , heavier and larger than our Blaze Spark and Blaze Torch night vision products and are primarily designed for commercial users. 



Our Blaze Spark and Blaze Torch products rely on a less expensive digital   CMOS sensor   and software image processing to produce viewable images though either smart phone displays o r our proprietary OLED display and prism technology .  While we believe our digital process technology, compact size, appealing designs , and streaming platforms offer advantages for serving consumer market s ,   it i s possible that existing manufacturers of military and tactical night vision systems may offer consumer products, or other manufacturers may develop innovative technologies that create increased competition.



11  

 


 

Intellectual Property

 

We believe we have developed a substantial intellectual property portfolio of patents, trade secrets and manufacturing know-how. It is important to protect our investment in technology by obtaining and enforcing intellectual property rights, including rights under patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright laws. We seek to protect inventions we consider significant by applying for patents in the United States and other countries when appropriate.  The U.S. Government holds licenses to much of our technology as a result of its funding a significant portion of our research and development.

 

Our intellectual property covers a wide range of materials, device structures, processes, and fabrication techniques, primarily concentrated in the following areas:

 

·

OLED Devices , Architecture, Structures, and Processes; 

·

Display Color Processing and Sealing; 

·

Active   Matrix Circuit Methodologies and Designs;

·

Lenses and Tracking (Eye and Head); 

·

Ergonomics and Industrial Design;

·

Wearable Computer Interface Methodology;

·

Legacy Field Emission and General Display Technologies; and

·

Head- mounted display technology.



We believe that, in addition to patent protection, our success is dependent upon t rade secrets , technical expertise and know-how .  To protect this information and know-how from unauthorized use or disclosure, we use nondisclosure agreements and other measures to protect our proprietary rights, and we require all employees, and where appropriate, contractors, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality and non-competition agreements. We believe that our intellectual property portfolio, coupled with our strategic relationships and accumulated manufacturing know-how in OLED, gives us a significant advantage over potential competitors.



Employees

 

As of January 31, 201 7 , we had a total of 96 employees, of which 92 were full time.  None of our employees are represented by a labor union.  We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

Available Information

 

Our website address is www.emagin.com. We make available free of charge through our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, our Proxy Statements and all amendments to such reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission ( the “ SEC ). These reports may be accessed from our website by following the links under “Investors,” then “SEC Filings.” The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements in this Annual Report or in other reports filed with the SEC, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless we are required to do so by law. A copy of this Annual Report and our other reports is available without charge upon written request to Investor Relations, eMagin Corporation, 2070 Route 52, Hopewell Junction, NY 12533.

 

We also post on our website the charters of our Audit, Compensation, Governance and Nominating committees, our Code of Ethics and any amendments of or waiver to such code of ethics, and other corporate governance materials recommended by the SEC as they occur, as well as earnings press releases and other business-related press releases.

 

12  

 


 



ITEM 1A.  RI SK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors and the other information included herein as well as the information included in other reports and filings made with the SEC before investing in our common stock.   The following factors, as well as other factors affecting our operating results and financial condition, could cause our actual future results and financial condition to differ materially from those projected. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, should they materialize, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

 



RISKS RELATED TO OUR FINANCIAL POSITION

 

We have had losses in the past and may incur losses in the future .

 

Our accumulated deficit is approximately $219 million as of December 31, 2016.  We can give no assurances that we will be profitable in the future. We cannot assure you that if we become profitable that  we will be able to sustain profitability or that we will not incur operating losses in the future.

 

If we are unable to meet our obligations as they become due over the next twelve months, we may not be able to continue our current operations.



Our ability to continue current operations and to execute on our plans is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations, raise additional capital or refinance our indebtedness to meet our obligations. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, or at all, we may have to reduce current operations and delay capital expenditures in order to conserve cash.



Based on our current operating plan, we anticipate that, given our current working capital levels, our current financial projections, our ability to borrow under our working capital facility and our credit line facility with our largest investor, we will be able to meet our financial obligations as they become due over the next twelve months.  We have no additional committed external sources of funds and additional financing may not be available when we need it or may not be available on terms that are favorable to us. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditi ons or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.



We cannot provide assurance tha t   we would be able to take any of these actions or that any effort to sell additional equity securities or borrow additional funds would be successful or would generate sufficient funds to meet our financial obligations, allow us to continue current operations or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our existing or future debt agreements. If additional financing is not available when required or is not available on acceptable terms, we may need to delay, modify or abandon our current operations and we may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures which would likely have a material adverse effect on our product offerings, revenue, results of operations and financial condition.

   

Our operating results have significant fluctuations.

 

In addition to the variability resulting from the short-term nature of commitments from our customers, other factors contribute to significant periodic quarterly fluctuations in results of operations. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·

the receipt and timing of orders and the timing of delivery of orders;

·

the inability to adjust expense levels or delays in adjusting expense levels, in either case in response to lower than expected revenues or gross margins;

·

the volume of orders relative to our manufacturing capacity;

·

product introductions and market acceptance of new products or new generations of products;

·

changes in cost and availability of labor and components;

·

product mix; 

·

variation in operating expenses; regulatory requirements and changes in duties and tariffs;

·

consumer acceptance of our night vision products;

·

pricing and availability of competitive products and services; and

·

changes, whether or not anticipated, in economic conditions.



Accordingly, the results of any past periods should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.



13  

 


 

We have incurred substantial indebtedness which could adversely affect our business and limit our ability to plan for or respond to changes in our business.



Our ability to make payments on our debt obligations and to fund planned capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash from our future operations. This, to a certain extent, is subject to financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. In addition, if we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances, any of which could impede the implementation of our business strategy, prevent us from entering into transactions that would otherwise benefit our business and/or negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to refinance our indebtedness or take such other actions, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.



Our ABL   f acility contains various covenants limiting the discretion of our management in operating our business, which could prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities and taking some corporate actions.



On December 21, 2016 we entered into a n asset-based   lending agreement with Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc. (the “ABL Facility”). The ABL Facility imposes significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit or restrict, among other things, our ability to:



·

incur additional indebtedness;

·

make restricted payments (including paying dividends on, redeeming, repurchasing or retiring our capital stock);

·

make investments;

·

create liens;

·

sell assets;

·

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

·

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.



These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, the ABL Facility also requires us   to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affect ed by events beyond our control including those described in this “Risk Factors” section. A breach of any of the covenants contained in the ABL Facility could result in an event of default under one or more of the documents governing such obligations which would allow the lenders under the ABL Facility to declare all borrowing outstanding to be due and payable.  In the event of an acceleration of payment obligations, we would likely be unable to pay our outstanding indebtedness with our cash and cash equivalents then on hand. We would, therefore, be required to draw on the credit line availabl e from our largest investor, or seek alternative sources of funding, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, terms as favorable as our c urrent agreements or at all. If remaining funds available from the credit line with our largest investor are not sufficient to repay our indebtedness or provide alternative means of financing our operations, we may be required to reduce our operations or take other actions that are inconsistent with our current business practices or strategy.  



A portion of our debt may be variable rate debt, and changes in interest rates could adversely affect us by causing us to incur higher interest costs with respect to such variable rate debt. 



The ABL Facility subjects us to interest rate risk. The rate at which we pay interest on amounts borrowed under such facility fluctuates with changes in interest rates. Accordingly, with respect to any amounts from time to time outstanding under the ABL Facility, we are and will be exposed to changes in interest rates. If we are unable to adequately manage our debt structure in response to changes in the market, our interest expense could increase, which would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. The outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility as of December 31, 2016 were $1,8 52 ,000 .  



  

RISKS RELATED TO MANUFACTURING

 

The manufacture of  a ctive matrix OLED microdisplays continues to evolve as better methods are discovered and employed and therefore we may encounter manufacturing issues or delays.

 

Our technology is evolving and we have limited experience  in  active matrix OLED microdisplay manufacturing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to produce our products in sufficient quantity and quality to maintain existing customers and attract new customers. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will not experience manufacturing problems which could result in delays in delivery of orders or product introductions.

 

14  

 


 

We are dependent on a mostly non-redundant single manufacturing facility .

 

We currently have little equipment redundancy in our manufacturing facility. If we experience any significant disruption in the operation of our manufacturing facility or a serious failure of a critical piece of equipment, we may be unable to supply microdisplays to our customers in a timely manner. As a result, some OEMs have been reluctant to commit a broad line of products to our microdisplays without a second production facility in place. Interruptions in our manufacturing could be caused by manufacturing equipment problems, the introduction of new equipment into the manufacturing process or delays in the delivery of new manufacturing equipment. Lead-time for delivery, installation, testing, repair and maintenance of manufacturing equipment can be extensive. We have experienced production interruptions in the past and  no assurance can be given that we will not lose potential sales or be unable to meet production orders due to future production interruptions in our manufacturing line.

 

We rely on key sole source and limited source suppliers.

 

We depend on a number of sole source or limited source suppliers for certain raw materials, components, and services. These include circuit boards, graphic integrated circuits, passive components, materials and chemicals, and equipment support.  We maintain several singl e-source supplier relationships either because alternative sources are not available or because the relationship is advantageous to us due to performance, quality, support, delivery, capacity, or price considerations (or a combination thereof) . Even where alternative sources of supply are available, qualification of the alternative suppliers and establishment of reliable supplies could result in delays and a possible loss of sales, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. We do not manufacture the silicon integrated circuits on which we incorporate our OLED technology. Instead, we provide the design layouts to two semiconductor contract manufacturer s who manufactures the integrated circuits on silicon wafers. Our inability to obtain sufficient quantities of components and other materials or services on a timely basis could result in manufacturing delays, increased costs and ultimately in reduced or delayed sales or lost orders which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.  Generally, we do not have long - term contracts or written agree ments with our source suppliers but instead operate on the basis of short term purchase orders.

 

Our results of operations, financial condition and business would be harmed if we were unable to balance customer demand and capacity.

 

As customer demand for our products changes, and as we enter new markets which may require higher volume mass production, we must be able to ramp up or adjust our production capacity to meet demand. We are continually taking steps to address our manufacturing capacity needs for our products. If we are not able to expand or if we increase our capacity too quickly, our prospects may be limited and our business and results of operations could be adversely impacted. If we experience delays or unforeseen costs associated with adjusting our capacity levels, we may not be able to achieve our financial targets. For some of our products, vendor lead times exceed our customers’ required delivery time, causing us to order to forecast rather than order based on actual demand. Ordering raw material ,   building finished goods , and scheduling contract manufacturer production for our consumer products based on forecasts exposes us to numerous risks, including potential inability to service customer demand within an acceptable timeframe, holding excess inventory or having unabsorbed manufacturing overhead.  



Variations in our production yields impact our ability to reduce our costs and could cause our margins to decline and our operating results to suffer.

 

All of our products are manufactured using technologies that are highly complex. The number of usable items, or yield, from our production processes may fluctuate as a result of many factors, including but not limited to the following:

 

·

variability in our manufacturing process and repeatability;

·

contamination of the manufacturing environment or equipment;

·

equipment failure, power outages, or variations in the manufacturing process;

·

lack of consistency and adequate quality and quantity of piece parts and other raw materials;

·

defects in packaging either within or without our control;

·

any transitions or changes in our production process, planned or unplanned; and  

·

certain customer requirements outside of our normal specifications.



Variations in our production yields impacts our costs and could cause our margins to decline and our operating results to suffer.



15  

 


 

We could experience manufacturing interruptions, delays, or inefficiencies if we are unable to timely and reliably procure components from single-sourced suppliers.

 

We maintain several single-source supplier relationships, either because alternative sources are not available or because the relationship is advantageous due to performance, quality, support, delivery, capacity, or price considerations.  If the supply of a critical single-source material or component is delayed or curtailed, we may not be able to ship the related product in desired quantities and in a timely manner.  Even where alternative sources of supply are available, qualification of the alternative suppliers and establishment of reliable supplies could result in delays and a possible loss of sales, which w ould harm our operating results.     Further, we utilize single source contract manufacturers to assemble our night vision consumer products.  Inadequate line capacity or production capacity commitments to other products could affect our ability to build sufficient quantities of products to meet demand.





RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

We may not be successful in protecting our intellectual property and proprietary rights.

 

We rely on a combination of patents, trade secret protection, licensing agreements and other arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary technologies. If we fail to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could suffer, which could harm our operating results. Patents may not be issued for our current patent applications, third parties may challenge, invalidate or circumvent any patent issued to us, unauthorized parties could obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, rights granted under patents issued to us may not afford us any competitive advantage, others may independently develop similar technology or design around our patents, and protection of our intellectual property rights may be limited in certain foreign countries. On April 30, 2007, the U.S. Supreme Court, in KSR International Co. vs. Teleflex, Inc. , mandated a more expansive and flexible approach towards a determination as to whether a patent is obvious and invalid, which may make it more difficult for patent holders to secure or maintain existing patents. Any future infringement or other claims or prosecutions related to our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming to defend, result in costly litigation, divert management's attention and resources, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Protection of intellectual property has historically been a large yearly expense for us . For a period prior to 2008, we were not in a financial position to properly protect all of our intellectual property, and may not be in a position to properly protect our position or stay ahead of competition in new research and the protecting of the resulting intellectual property.

 

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets and other non-patented proprietary information relating to our product development and manufacturing activities. We try to protect this information through appropriate efforts to maintain its secrecy, including requiring employees and third parties to sign confidentiality agreements. We cannot be sure that these efforts will be successful or that the confidentiality agreements will not be breached. We also cannot be sure that we would have adequate remedies for any breach of such agreements or other misappropriation of our trade secrets or that our trade secrets and proprietary know-how will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by others.

 



RISKS RELATED TO THE MICRODISPLAY INDUSTRY

 

The commercial success of the microdisplay industry depends on the widespread market acceptance of microdisplay systems products.

 

The commercial market for microdisplays is still emerging. Our long-term success may depend on consumer acceptance of microdisplays as well as the success of the commercialization of the microdisplay market. As an OEM supplier, our customers’ products must also be well accepted. At present, it is difficult to assess or predict with any assurance the potential size, timing and viability of market opportunities for our technology in this market.

 

The microdisplay systems business is intensely competitive.

 

We do business in intensely competitive markets that are characterized by rapid technological change, changes in market requirements and competition from both other suppliers and our potential OEM customers. Such markets are typically characterized by price erosion. This intense competition could result in pricing pressures, lower sales, reduced margins, and lower market share. Our ability   to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors, both within and outside our control. We expect these factors to include   the following:



·

our success in designing, manufacturing and delivering expected new products, including those implementing new technologies on a timely basis ;

·

our ability to address the needs of our customers and the quality of our customer services;

16  

 


 

·

the quality, performance, reliability, features, ease of use and pricing of our products; 

·

successful expansion of our manufacturing capabilities;

·

our efficiency of production, and ability to manufacture and ship products on time; 

·

the rate at which original equipment manufacturing customers incorporate our product solutions into their own products;

·

the market acceptance of our customers' products; and

·

product or technology introductions by our competitors.



Our competitive position could be damaged if one or more potential OEM customers decide to manufacture their own microdisplays, using OLED or alternate technologies. In addition, our customers may be reluctant to rely on a relatively small company such as eMagin for a critical component. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competition, and the failure to do so would have a materially adverse effect upon our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

The display industry may be subject to cyclical demand and overcapacity .

 

Our business strategy is dependent on OEM manufacturers building and selling products that incorporate our OLED displays as components into those products. Industry-wide fluctuations in demand could cause significant harm to our business. The OLED microdisplay sector may experience overcapacity if additional capacity comes on line which could lead to pricing pressures and a difficult market in which to sell our products.

 

Our competitors have many advantages over us.

 

As the microdisplay market develops, we expect to experience intense competition from numerous domestic and foreign companies including well-established corporations possessing worldwide manufacturing and production facilities, greater name recognition, larger retail bases and significantly greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than us, as well as from emerging companies who may be subsidized by their governments.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competition, and the failure to do so would have a materially adverse effect upon our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our products are subject to lengthy OEM development periods.

 

We sell most of our microdisplays to OEMs who will incorporate them into products they sell. OEMs determine during their product development phase whether they will incorporate our products. The time elapsed between initial sampling of our products by OEMs, the custom design of our products to meet specific OEM product requirements, and the ultimate incorporation of our products into OEM consumer products is significant, often with a duration of between one and three years. If our products fail to meet our OEM customers' cost, performance or technical requirements or if unexpected technical challenges arise in the integration of our products into OEM consumer products, our operating results could be significantly and adversely affected. Long delays in achieving customer qualification and incorporation of our products could adversely affect our business.

 

In order to increase or maintain our profit margins we may have to continuously develop new products, product enhancements and new technologies.

 

In some markets, prices of established products tend to decline over time. In order to increase or maintain our profit margins over the long term, we believe that we will need to continuously develop new products, product enhancements and new technologies that will either slow price declines of our products or reduce the cost of producing and delivering our products. While we anticipate many opportunities to reduce production costs over time, there can be no assurance that  these cost reduction plans will be successful, that we will have the resources to fund the expenditures necessary to implement certain cost-saving measures, or that our costs can be reduced as quickly as any reduction in unit prices. We may also attempt to offset the anticipated decrease in our average selling price by introducing new products with higher selling prices that may or may not offset price declines in more mature products.   If we fail to do so, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.





17  

 


 

RISKS RELATED TO THE CONSUMER NIGHT VISION PRODUCTS INDUSTRY



  The commercial success of the consumer night vision industry depends on the widespread market acceptance of consumer night vision products .

 

The commercial market for consumer night vision products is still emerging. Our long-term success may depend on consumer acceptance of our Blaze Torch and Blaze Spark products as well as the success of the commercialization of the night vision market. The existing non military night vision market is more narrowly focused on tactical, hunting, law enforcement and first responder markets.  In order to achieve the sales levels necessary to achieve our plans in this area, we need to expand beyond these existing markets into broader based consumer acc eptance, including hobbyists, outdoor sports enthusiasts, and social media users interested in capturing nighttime activities.



The com pany has limited experience in the consumer electronics industry and this is a highly competitive industry.



With the introduction of the c onsumer night vision products , we are seeking to do business in intensely competitive consumer focused markets that are characterized by rapid technological change, changes in market requirements and competition from other manufacturers and distributors.  Such markets are typically characterized by price erosion. This intense competition could result in pricing pressures, lower sales, reduced margins, and lower market share. Our ability   to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors, both within and outside our control. We expect these factors to include   the following:



·

our success in designing, manufacturing and delivering expected new products, including those implementing new technologies on a timely basis;

·

our ability to address the needs of our customers and the quality of our customer services;

·

the ability to effectively market and advertise our products to consumers

·

the quality, performance, reliability, features, ease of use and pricing of our products; 

·

the ability to market successfully to law enforcement, utility and first responder customers

·

our capacity of our outsourced production facilities, and ability to manufacture and ship products on time; and

·

product or technology introductions by our competitors.



Our competitive position could be damaged if other larger manufacturers decide   to offer consumer night vision products with similar features.   I n addition, our customers may be reluctant to purchase product from a relatively small company such as eMagin without an established brand name in the consumer marketplace.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competition, and the failure to do so would have a materially adverse effect upon our business, operating results and financial condition.





RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

Our success depends on attracting and retaining highly skilled and qualified technical and consulting personnel.

 

We must hire highly skilled technical personnel as employees and as independent contractors in order to develop our products. The competition for skilled technical employees is intense and we may not be able to retain or recruit such personnel. We must compete with companies that possess greater financial and other resources than we do, and that may be more attractive to potential employees and contractors. To be competitive, we may have to increase the compensation, including salaries, bonuses, stock options and other fringe benefits , offered to employees in order to attract and retain such personnel. The costs of attracting and retaining new personnel may have a materially adverse e ffect on our business and our operating results.

 

Our success depends in a large part on the continuing service of key personnel.

 

Changes in management could have an adverse effect on our business. We are dependent upon the active participation of several key management personnel and will also need to recruit additional management in order to expand according to our business plan. The failure to attract and retain additional management or personnel could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial performance.

 

18  

 


 

Our operating results are substantially dependent on the development and acceptance of new products and technology innovations.

 

Our future success may depend on our ability to develop new and lower cost solutions for existing and new markets and for customers to accept those solutions. We must introduce new products in a timely and cost-efficient manner, and we must secure production orders for those products from our customers. The development of new products is a highly complex process, and we historically have experienced delays in completing the development and introduction of new products. Some or all of those technologies or products may not successfully make the transition from the research and development lab. Even when we successfully complete a research and development effort with respect to a particular product or technology, it may fail to gain market acceptance.  The successful development and introduction of these products depends on a number of factors, including the following:

 

·

achievement of technology breakthroughs required to make commercially viable devices;

·

the accuracy of our predictions of market requirements;

·

acceptance of our new product designs;

·

acceptance of new technology in certain markets;

·

the availability of qualified research and development and product development personnel; 

·

our timely completion of product designs and development;

·

our ability and available resources to expand sales;

·

our ability to develop repeatable processes to manufacture new products in sufficient quantities and at low enough costs for commercial sales;

·

our customers’ ability to develop competitive products incorporating our products; and

·

acceptance of our customers’ products by the market.



If any of these or other factors become problematic, we may not be able to develop and introduce these new products in a timely or cost-effective manner.

 

If government agencies or companies discontinue or curtail their funding for our research and development programs our business may suffer.

 

Changes in federal budget priorities could adversely affect our contract and display product revenue.  Historically, U.S G overnment agencies have funded a significant part of our research and development activities. Our funding has the risk of being redirected to other programs when the government changes budget priorities, such as in time of war or for other reasons. Government contracts are also subject to the risk that the government agency may not appropriate and allocate all funding contemplated by the contract. In addition our government contracts generally permit the contracting authority to terminate the contract for the convenience of the government. The full value of the contracts would not be realized if they were prematurely terminated. We may be unable to incur sufficient allowable costs to generate the full estimated contract values. Furthermore, the research and development and product procurement contracts of the customers we supply may be similarly impacted. If the government funding is discontinued or reduced, our ability to develop or enhance products could be limited and our business results or operations and financial conditions could be adversely affected.



Our business depends on new products and technologies.

 

The market for our products is characterized by rapid changes in product, design and manufacturing process technologies. Our success depends to a large extent on our ability to develop and manufacture new products and technologies to match the varying requirements of different customers in order to establish a competitive position and become profitable. Furthermore, we must adopt our products and processes to technological changes and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis. Our failure to accomplish any of the above could harm our business and operating results.



We generally do not have long-term contracts with our customers.

 

Our business has primarily operated on the basis of short-term purchase orders.  We receive some longer term purchase agreements, and procurement contracts, but we cannot guarantee that we will continue to do so. Our current purchase agreements can be cancelled or revised without penalty, depending on the circumstances. We plan production primarily on the basis of internally generated forecasts of demand based on communications with customers, and available industry data which makes it difficult to accurately forecast revenues. If we fail to accurately forecast operating results, our business may suffer and the market price of our shares may decline.

 

19  

 


 

Our business strategy may fail if we cannot continue to form strategic relationships with companies that manufacture and use products that could incorporate our active matrix OLED technology.

 

Our prospects could be significantly affected by our ability to develop strategic alliances with OEMs for incorporation of our active matrix OLED microdisplay technology into their products. While we intend to continue to establish strategic relationships with manufacturers of electronic consumer products, personal computers, chipmakers, lens makers, equipment makers, material suppliers and/or systems assemblers, there is no assurance that we will be able to continue to establish and maintain strategic relationships on commercially acceptable terms, or that the alliances we do enter into will realize their objectives. Failure to do so could have a material and adverse effect on our business.

20  

 


 



Our business currently depends largely on our ability to manufacture and sell displays.



Any interruption in our manufacturing processes or demand for our displays will negatively impact our business, including operations and financial condition.

 

Our business depends to some extent on international transactions.

 

We purchase needed materials and subcontract manufacturing processes from companies located abroad and may be adversely affected by political and currency risk, as well as the additional costs of doing business with foreign entities. Some customers in other countries have longer receivable periods or warranty periods. In addition, many of the foreign OEMs that are the most likely long-term purchasers of our microdisplays expose us to additional political and currency risk. We may find it necessary to locate manufacturing facilities abroad to be closer to our customers which could expose us to various risks, including management of a multi-national organization, the complexities of complying with foreign laws and customs, political instability and the complexities of taxation in multiple jurisdictions.

 

Our business may expose us to product liability claims.

 

Our business may expose us to potential product liability claims. Although no such claims have been brought against us to date, and to our knowledge no such claim is threatened or likely, we may face liability to product users for damages resulting from the faulty design or manufacture of our products. While we plan to maintain product liability insurance coverage, there can be no assurance that product liability claims will not exceed coverage limits, fall outside the scope of such coverage, or that such insurance will continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates, if at all.

 

Our business is subject to environmental regulations and possible liability arising from potential employee claims of exposure to harmful substances used in the development and manufacture of our products.

 

We are subject to various governmental regulations related to toxic, volatile, experimental and other hazardous chemicals used in our design and manufacturing process. Our failure to comply with these regulations could result in the imposition of fines or in the suspension or cessation of our operations. Compliance with these regulations could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses. We develop, evaluate and utilize new chemical compounds in the manufacture of our products. While we attempt to ensure that our employees are protected from exposure to hazardous materials, we cannot assure you that potentially harmful exposure will not occur or that we will not be liable to employees as a result.

 

Some of our business is subject to U.S. government procurement laws and regulations .

 

We must comply with certain laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of federal government contracts. These laws and regulations affect how we conduct business under our federal government contracts, including the business that we do as a subcontractor. In complying with these laws and regulations, we may incur additional costs, and non-compliance may lead to the assessment of fines and penalties, including contractual damages, or the loss of business.   



Our international sales and operations are subject to export laws and regulations.

 

We must comply with all applicable export control laws including the EAR and ITAR. Certain of our products may be deemed to be controlled for export by the U.S. Commerce Department’s Bureau of Industry and Security under the EAR or by the U.S. State’s DDTC under the ITAR.  We believe certain of our new products with both high brightness and high resolution will be classified as a defense articles and licenses from the DDTC will be required for exports.  Failure to comply with these export control laws can lead to severe penalties, both civil and criminal, and can include debarment from contracting with the U.S. government.



Economic conditions may adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition .

 

E conomic conditions and market instability may affect our customers and suppliers.  Any adverse financial or economic impact to our customers may impact their ability to pay timely, or result in their inability to pay.  It may also impact their ability to fund future purchases, or increase the sales cycles which could lead to a reduction in revenue and accounts receivable.  Our suppliers may increase their prices or may be unable to supply needed raw materials on a timely basis which could result in our inability to meet customers’ demand or affect our gross margins.  Our suppliers may, also, impose more stringent payment terms on us.  The timing and nature of any recovery in the credit and financial markets remains uncertain, and there can be no assurance that market conditions will improve in the near future or that our results will not be materially and adversely affected.

 

21  

 


 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR STOCK

 

The substantial number of shares that are or will be eligible for sale could cause our common stock price to decline even if we are successful.

 

Sales of significant amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could materially affect the market price of our common stock. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity- linked securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. As of Dcember 31, 201 6 , we have outstanding common shares of 31,626 , 516 plus (i) options to purchase 5,055,741 shares, (ii) warrants to purchase 3,331,449 shares and (iii) convertible preferred stock to acquire 7,545,333 shares of common stock.  If a significant number of our outstanding options are exercised, our shareholders may experience a substantial dilution in their percentage ownership of our company .



We are subject to significant corporate regulation as a public company and failure to comply with all applicable regulations could subject us to liability or negatively affect our stock price.



As a publicly traded company, we are subject to a significant body of regulation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. While we have developed and instituted a corporate compliance program based on what we believe are the current best practices in corporate governance and continue to update this program in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements, we cannot provide assurance that we are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable corporate regulations. For example, we cannot provide assurance that, in the future, our management will not find a material weakness in connection with its annual review of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We also cannot provide assurance that we could remediate any such weakness; our failure to do so would prevent our management from concluding that our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year is effective. If we fail to comply with any of these regulations, we could be subject to a range of regulatory actions, fines or other sanctions or litigation. If we must disclose any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, our stock price could decline.

 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile.

 

The market price of our common stock has bee n subject to wide fluctuations. During our four most recently completed fiscal quarters, the closing price of our stock ranged from a low of $1. 31 on January 4 ,   2016 to a high of   $3. 07 on August 5 ,   2016 . The marke t price of our common stock in the future is likely to continue to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

·

variatio ns in our operating results and financial conditions;

·

actual or anticipated announcements of technical innovations, new product developments, or design wins by us or our competitors;

·

general conditions in the semiconductor and flat panel display industries; and

·

worldwide econ omic and financial conditions. 



In addition, the public stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market price for many technology companies and that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. The broad market fluctuations and other factors may continue to adversely affect the market price of our common stock.



The market price of our common stock may be adversely affected by market conditions affecting the stock markets in general, including price and trading fluctuations on the NYSE.



Market conditions may result in volatility in the level of, and fluctuations in, market prices of stocks generally and, in turn, our common stock and sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the market, in each case being unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our operating performance. Concerns over global stability and economic conditions in the United States and abroad have contributed to the extreme volatility of the markets which may have an effect on the market price of our common stock.



Future issuances of our common stock could lower our stock price and dilute the interests of existing stockholders.



We may issue additional shares of our common stock in the future. The issuance of a substantial amount of common stock could have the effect of substantially diluting the interests of our current stockholders. In addition, the sale of a substantial amount of common stock in the public market, either in the initial issuance or in a subsequent resale  by investors who acquired such common stock in a private placement, could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock .



22  

 


 

Concentration of ownership of our stock may enable one shareholder or a small number of shareholders to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval.   

 

As of December 31, 201 6 , Stillwater Holdings LLC (f/k/a Stillwater LLC) owned approximately 1 4 % of our outstanding voting stock, Flat Creek Fiduciary Management, as trustee of a trust which the sole member of Stillwater Holdings LLC has investment control, owned approximately 9 % of our outstanding voting stock, Stillwater Trust LLC owned 7 % of our outstanding voting stock and the sole member of Stillwater Holdings LLC is the investment manager of Rainbow Gate Corporation, which owned approximately 4 % of our outstanding voting stock.  Together such shareholders owned approximately 3 4 % of our outstanding voting stock.  As a result, these shareholders, if they act together, may be able to exert a significant degree of influence over matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions.  Further, if these shareholders act together with another shareholder, Ginola Limited, which has common directors with Mount Union Corp., Chelsea Trust Company and Crestflower Corporation, as of December 31, 201 6 , they would collectively have represented approximately 46% of our outstanding voting stock.  This concentration of ownership may facilitate or hinder a change of control and might affect the market price of our common stock.  Furthermore, the interests of this concentration of ownership may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of other shareholders.   Nevertheless, the ability to influence the election of the Board of Directors or otherwise have influence does not modify the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors to represent the interests of all shareholders.



A provision in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may prevent or delay an acquisition of our Company, which could decrease   the market value of our common stock.



Provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or

other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable. These provisions may also prevent or delay attempts by stockholders to   replace or remove our current management or members of our Board of Directors. These provisions include:



·

limitations on the removal of directors;

·

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

·

the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings;

·

the ability of our Board of Directors to make, alter or repeal our by-laws; and

·

the authority of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock with such terms as our Board of Directors may determine.



In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits business

combination transactions with stockholders of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock that our Board of Directors has not approved.   These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to acquire us without negotiation.   These provisions may apply even if some stockholders may consider the transaction beneficial to them. As a result, these provisions could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions might also discourage a potential acquisition proposal or tender offer, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer is at a

premium over the then current market price for our common stock.



We do not intend to pay cash dividends. We last paid a dividend on our capital stock in 2012 and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, any gains from an investment in our securities will likely depend on whether the price of our common stock increases.



We have not paid dividends on any of our capital stock to date and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Consequently, in the foreseeable future, you will likely only experience a gain from your investment in our securities if the price of our common stock increases.





23  

 


 

ITEM 1B. UNRE SOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 



ITEM 2. PROPER TIES

 

Our manufacturing facility and corporate headquarters are located in Hopewell Junction, NY, where we lease approximately 37,000 square feet.  The NY facility houses our equipment for OLED microdisplay fabrication, assembly operations, research and development, and product development functions. The lease expires in 20 24 .   We lease   approximately 2,000 square feet of office space for design and product development in Santa Clara, C A   and the lease expires in 201 7 . We lease approximately 1,800 square feet of office space for   administrative   functions   in Bellevue, W A, and the lease expires in 2017.

 

We believe our facilities are adequate for our current and near-term needs. We believe we will be able to renew these leases or obtain alternative spaces or additional spaces as necessary under acceptable terms. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information about lease commitments.

 



ITEM 3 . LE GAL PROCEEDINGS  

 

On May 5, 2015, Kimchuk, Inc. (“Kimchuk”), a former supplier commenced action against the Company in the U.S. District Court, District of Connecticut, asserting breach of contract and seeking to recover approximately $389,000 in alleged damages. The Company filed its response and counter-complaint on August 11, 2015 wherein the Company denied the material allegations asserted by Kimchuk and sought approximately $3.5 million in damages from Kimchuk.



On June 1, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with Kimchuk whereby for consideration of approximately $227,000, Kimchuk agreed to dismiss the matter, provide parts and material to us and settle outstanding accounts payable.  On July 1, 2016 the Company wired the cash payment to Kimchuk and a related Court Order for Dismal was filed and approved on July 5, 2016.



During 2015, the Company received a letter from an attorney representing a former employee claiming damages for age discrimination and wrongful termination.  In September 2016, this former employee commenced action against the Company in Superior Co urt for the State of Washington. In February 2017, the former employee’s counsel sent a discovery request to the Company. The Company believes the assertions contained in this action are baseless and without merit and will defend its position vigorously. 





ITEM 4. M INE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

No t applicable .

24  

 


 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MA RKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock trades on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “EMAN”.   The following table shows the quarterly high and low sale prices per share of our common stock for each period indicated and the cash dividend declared per share of our common stock.





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

High

 

Low

 

2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

2.08 

 

$

1.31 

 

Second quarter

 

$

2.03 

 

$

1.68 

 

Third quarter

 

$

3.07 

 

$

1.97 

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

2.79 

 

$

1.95 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First quarter

 

$

3.74 

 

$

2.21 

 

Second quarter

 

$

3.41 

 

$

2.03 

 

Third quarter

 

$

2.91 

 

$

2.32 

 

Fourth quarter

 

$

2.56 

 

$

1.35 

 



As of January 31, 201 7 , there wer e   137 hol ders of record of our common stock. This does not include persons whose stock is in nominee or “street name” accounts through brokers.   



Dividends

 

There were no declared dividends in 2016 and 2015 Future decisions to pay cash dividends are at the discretion of our Board of Directors.  It is our intention to retain any future profits f or use in the development and expansion of our business and for general corporate purposes. 



Recent Issuances of Unregistered Stock

 

On August 18, 2016, we entered into letter agreements with certain of our warrant holders pursuant to which they agreed to exercise warrants to purchase a total of 2,216,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $2.05 per share, which they acquired in December 2015.



On August 24, 2016, in consideration for the exercise of the 2,216,500 warrant shares, we issued new common stock purchase warrants (the “New Warrants”) to purchase 2,947,949 shares of our common stock or 1.33 New Warrant shares for each warrant shares exercised , with an exercise price of $2.60 per share , the approximate market price of the Company’s shares at the date of the letter agreement. 



 

25  

 


 

The warrants are not exercisable for six months from the date of issuance; and have a term of five and a ha lf years from the issuance date. A registration statement for the underlying shares was declared effective in January 2017.



We raised approximately $4. 3 million in net proceeds from the transaction, which was used for general corporate purposes.



 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

 

There were no repurchases of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2016 .





Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate information of our equity compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2016  



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and rights

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and rights

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)

Equity compensations plans subject to approval by security holders - 2017 Incentive Stock Plan

 

120,002 

 

$

2.55 

 

 -

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders - 2013 Incentive Stock Plan

 

1,403,783 

 

$

2.41 

 

84,168 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders - 2011 Incentive Stock Plan

 

1,373,245 

 

$

3.44 

 

22,882 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders - 2008 Incentive Stock Plan

 

568,524 

 

$

1.70 

 

1,378 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders - Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Option Plan

 

1,590,187 

 

$

3.63 

 

 -



 

5,055,741 

 

 

 

 

108,428 



ITEM 6.  SELEC TED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 Not applicable.

 

26  

 


 

ITEM 7. MANA GEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Introduction

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes thereto. Our fiscal year ends December 31. This document contains certain forward-looking statements including, among others, anticipated trends in our financial condition and results of operations and our business strategy. These forward-looking statements are based largely on our current expectations and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors ". Actual results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements. Important factors to consider in evaluating such forward-looking statements include changes in external factors or in our internal budgeting process which might impact trends in our results of operations; unanticipated working capital or other cash requirements; changes in our business strategy or an inability to execute our strategy due to unanticipated changes in the industries in which we operate; and various competitive market factors that may prevent us from competing successfully in the marketplace.

 

Overview

 

We design, manufacture and supply miniature displays, which we refer to as OLED-on-silicon-microdisplays, and microdisplay modules for virtual imaging, primarily for incorporation into the products of other manufacturers. Microdisplays are typically smaller than many postage stamps, but when viewed through a magnifier they can contain all of the information appearing on a high-resolution personal computer screen. Our microdisplays use organic light emitting diodes, or OLEDs, which emit light themselves when a current is passed through the device. Our technology permits OLEDs to be coated onto silicon chips to produce high resolution OLED-on-silicon microdisplays.

 

We believe that our OLED-on-silicon microdisplays offer a number of advantages in near to the eye applications over other current microdisplay technologies, including lower power requirements, less weight, fast video speed without flicker, wide operating temperature and wider viewing angles. In addition, many computer and video electronic system functions can be built directly into the OLED-on-silicon microdisplay, resulting in compact systems with lower expected overall system costs relative to alternate microdisplay technologies.

 

We have devoted significant resources to the development and commercial launch of our OLED microdisplay products into military, industrial and medical applications. First sales of our SVGA+ microdisplay began in May 2001 and we launched the SVGA-3D microdisplay in February 2002. In 2008 the SXGA microdisplay became our first digital display, and in 2011 we introduced the VGA OLED-XL, our lowest powered microdisplay, and the WUXGA OLED-XL which exceeds 1080p HD resolution.



These products are being applied or considered for near-eye and headset applications in products such as thermal imagers, night vision goggles, virtual reality and augmented reality devices to be manufactured by original equipment manufacturer (OEM) customers.

 

In addition to marketing OLED-on-silicon microdisplays as components, we also offer microdisplays as an integrated package, which we call microviewer that includes a compact lens for viewing the microdisplay and electronic interfaces to convert the signal from our customer's product into a viewable image on the microdisplay. We have developed a strong intellectual property portfolio that includes patents, manufacturing know-how and unique proprietary technologies to create high performance OLED-on-silicon. We believe our technology, intellectual property portfolio and position in the marketplace, gives us a leadership position in OLED and OLED-on-silicon microdisplay technology.  We are one of only a few companies to market and produce significant quantities of high resolution full-color small molecule OLED-on-silicon microdisplays.

 

In 2015, we introduced the high brightness OLED platform for products termed as the OLED-XLS series. This set of products show s a lower voltage of operation and a higher luminance. The maximum luminance for the OLED-XLS based products can reach 1,000 nits in full color. During 2016, eMagin demonstrated the world’s first highest brightness (~4,500 cd/m2) and highest resolution (1920x1200 pixels) microdisplay using our proprietary direct patterning method (dPd). The dPd technology is being further optimized and significant improvements are expected to be completed during 2017.



As of December 31 , 201 6 and 2015 , we had a backlog of approximately $6.4 million and $ 7.3 mil lion , respectively, in products ordered for delivery through December 31, 201 7   and 2016, respectively.    This backlog consists of non-binding purchase orders and purchase agreements.



27  

 


 

We continue to make progress on our multi-year yield improvement initiative by strengthening production resources, making key supervisory and process engineering hires, and ordering production equipment with the objectives of achieving greater efficiencies, lower unit costs and higher production capacity. This initiative will position us to meet customer demand, provide better response time to customer orders and address the anticipated growth in the consumer products which we launched in the first quarter of 2017 although sales to date have not been significant .  We are beginning to receive and put in place purchased equipment as part of o ur yield improvement initiative and expect the new equipment purchasing to be completed in March 2017.  This equipment will improve production quantities and uptime and reduce particles, although the implementation and calibration of the equipment may temporarily affect production volumes.



During 2016, we develop ed handheld and wearable products that provide consumers’ night vision capability at prices we believe are attractive to the mass market.  Two products , BlazeSpark and BlazeTorch   were announced during fourth quarter and released to the marketplace early in 2017.  The BlazeSpark is a smart phone attachment that provides for night vision of activities and, through a companion application, allows the user to record and live stream the content.  The BlazeTorch is a wearable device   that will utilize our advanced OLED microdisplay technology to provide hands-free operation during night-time activities with the capability to record the content.  We have established the supply chain utilizing a variety of domestic and international suppliers and two contract manufacturers located in Asia.    D uring the year we incurred expenses associated with the development of these products and utilized working capital to fund the buildup of inventory and pay amounts to contract manufacturers, vendors and third party logistic providers in anticipation of the products’ release.  Working capital expenditures are expected to continue in 201 7 along with marketing and promotional expenditures associated with the products’ release.



New Business



During 2016 , we continued to make progress towards our goals of securing new U.S. military programs while expanding our presence in foreign military, commercial and industrial markets. Under the U.S. Army’s Enhanced Night Vision Goggle III (ENVG III) and Family of Weapon Sight-Individual (FWS-I) programs, delivery of displays for the Low Rate Initial Production (LRIP) phase of both programs accelerated in the fourth quarter and will continue into 2017.  ENVG III is scheduled to be in production through 2021 with follow-on sustaining orders through 2032. FWS-I is scheduled to be in production through 2020 with follow-on sustaining orders through 2031.



During 2016 , we achieved the following:



·

Signed a multi-year agreement with a major European defense company that is expected to exceed $3.5 million in display sales through 2018. Additionally, we have been in discussions with company design staff with respect to a new display to meet requirements of a future defense system. Prototype displays are expected to be delivered by the end of first quarter of 2017.

·

Continued to deliver displays for a major United States Marine Corps contract in support of a common laser range finder program.  This contract extends into 2020 and replaces currently fielded equipment that provides 24-hour observation capability.

·

Delivered our HD-plus resolution WUXGA display to a major medical device company for use in prototyping in their next generation surgical equipment. Prototyping is expected to extend through the first quarter 2017 with production decision likely in second or third quarter.

·

Supplied displays for Trijicon (formerly IR Defense) which has a leading line of thermal weapon sights and thermal monoculars. We continue to work closed with Trijicon product development to offer higher resolution displays for future products.

·

Conducted formalized planning meetings with U.S. Army and a defense aviation prime contractor in preparation for initial display deliveries for a major aircraft helmet modernization program.

·

Designed and developed two night-vision products for the consumer and commercial markets:  BlazeSpark a smart-phone camera attachment that   allows consumers to see clear, high-resolution images in the dark and , BlazeTorch a wearable device that utilizes our OLED microdisplay technology to provide hands-free operation for night-time activities with the capability to record and upload content.



Our development work under the Defense Manufacturing, Science and Technology program progressed during the 2016.  We have met all milestones for the Office of Secretary of Defense-sponsored thirty-month program and  believe we are on track to provide essential display technology for all service branches following the program’s completion in June 2017.  We are also in negotiation with a defense prime contractor to continue work on the Army’s Science and Technology Objectives program. After successfully meeting all program objectives for phases one through four, phase five will provide display system capabilities that will enhance the warfighting effectiveness in ground, dismounted and aviation systems.



On the commercial front, we are in negotiations with several Tier One companies about entering into strategic partnerships where we would design prototype displays for the companies’ consumer head mounted devices and, in partnership with the companies and mass production manufacturers, works toward higher volume production capabilities.

28  

 


 



New Technology Development



We are continuing to make progress in our development of very high brightness full-color microdisplays incorporating our proprietary direct patterning technology.  Recent improvements in the equipment and further optimization of the processes are designed to lead to brightness levels that surpass the threshold requirements for virtual and augmented reality applications for Tier One companies and satisfy the requirements of several pending military programs.  The production equipment for our direct patterning products has been upgraded by the equipment manufacturers to provide significant improvements in display performance and higher production volumes. The upgraded equipment is currently being used to produce parts for various customers. The direct patterning technology will be used to fabricate ultra high brightness 2Kx2K full color microdisplays during the second quarter of 2017. Additionally, recently developed advanced backplane technology will be used in conjunction with direct patterning technology to generate very high performance and ultra high brightness 2Kx2K displays during the second quarter of 2017.





New Product Development



Our product development efforts on the 2K x 2K full color RGB microdisplay project that was initiated in the fourth quarter of 2015 produced functional samples, which were delivered to a leading consumer product company for evaluation in December 2016.  This is our largest microdisplay design and expands our product offerings for the consumer and commercial marketplaces.  Associated products are expected to be available for customers during the second quarter of 2017. 



We are completing qualification of a new 0.48-inch diagonal full color XGA format microdisplay utilizing the same proven 9.6-micron color pixel used in its WUXGA and SXGA096 product lines. This new product will be targeted at industrial and commercial markets looking for a cost effective medium resolution microdisplay. Deliveries are scheduled to begin in the second quarter of 2017.



29  

 


 

Results of Operations    



Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

Revenues



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Year Ended 



 

 

December 31,



 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Change



 

 

 



 

 

(in thousands)

Product

 

 

$

17,265 

 

 

$

20,912 

 

$

(3,647)

Contract

 

 

$

3,132 

 

 

$

4,230 

 

$

(1,098)

License

 

 

$

1,000 

 

 

$

 —

 

$

1,000 

Total revenue, net

 

 

$

21,397 

 

 

$

25,142 

 

$

(3,745)



 

Revenues decreased approximately $ 3 . 7 million to revenues of approximately $2 1 . 4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from approximately $2 5 . 1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 ,   representing a   15 % decreas e.



Product revenues are comprised primarily of sales of displays, as well as sales of other hardware.  In 2016, product revenues decreased approximately $3.6 million to revenues of approximately $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from approximately $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing a 1 7 % decrease.  The decrease in product revenues in 2016 was primarily due to lower demand from maturing military programs, and a larger proportion of sales of displays with a lower average unit price, partially offset by lower product returns.



Contract revenues are comprised of revenues from research and development (“R&D”) or non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) contracts.  In 2016, contract revenues decreased $1.1 million to revenues of approximately $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from approximately $ 4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,  representing a 26% decrease. , The decrease in contract revenues was a result of a decrease in the number of active R&D contracts and the work completed on such contracts.



License revenues for 2016 was comprised of revenue from a $1.0 million non-exclusive intellectual property license for our virtual reality headset technology. In connection with the license agreement, we provided in late 2016 the licensee engineering samples of our 2K x 2K pixel full-color displays for evaluation in their next generation headset development efforts. We had no license revenues in 2015.





30  

 


 

Cost of Revenues

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Year Ended 



 

 

December 31,



 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Change



 

 

 



 

 

(in thousands)

Product

 

 

$

12,988 

 

 

$

15,466 

 

$

(2,478)

Contract

 

 

$

1,967 

 

 

$

2,698 

 

$

(731)

License

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total cost of revenues

 

 

$

14,955 

 

 

$

18,164 

 

$

(3,209)





Total c ost of revenues   are comprised of costs of product revenue s and contract revenue s .  Cost of product revenue includes materials, labor and manufacturing overhead , warranty costs and depreciation related to our products.  Cost of contract revenue includes direct and allocated indirect costs associated with performance on the contracts.   Total c ost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $ 15.0 million as compared to $18. 2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , a decrease of $ 3.2 million primarily due to the decrease in product and contract revenues .  Cost of goods sold as a percentage of revenues was 7 0 % for the year ended December 31, 2016   down slightly from 7 2 % for the year ended December 31, 2015 , primarily reflecting the product mix.  In addition,  t here was no cost of revenues in 2016 associated with the license revenues.  



The following table outlines product, contract and total gross profit and related gross margins for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended 

 



 

December 31,

 



 

 

2016

 

 

 

2015

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues gross profit

 

$

4,277 

 

 

$

5,446 

 

Product revenues gross margin

 

 

25 

%

 

 

26 

Contract revenues gross profit

 

$

1,165 

  

 

$

1,532 

 

Contract revenues gross margin

 

 

37 

%

 

 

36 

License revenues gross profit

 

 

1,000 

 

 

 

 —

 

License revenues gross margin

 

 

100 

%

 

 

 —

Total gross profit

 

$

6,442 

  

 

$

6,978 

 

Total gross margin

 

 

30 

%

 

 

28 



In 2016 , total gross profit decreased approximately $ 0. 5 million or 8 %.   Total g ross margin was   30 % for the year ended December 31, 2016   an increase from 2 8 % for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to $1.0 million in license revenue that had no associated current year’s   cost .



Product gross profit decreased approximately $1.2 million ,   primarily reflecting a 1 7 % decrease in 2016 revenues   and a slight decrease in average display selling prices due to product mix.



Product gross margin decreased from 2 6 % in 2015 to 2 5 % in 2016 ,   reflecting deceased revenues in 2016 and a slight decrease in average display selling prices.   



Contract gross profit de creased approximately $0. 4 million as a result a decrease in   2016 revenues of $ 1.1 million .     Contract gross margin increased slightly from 36 % in 2015 to 3 7 % in 2016 Contract gross margin is dependent upon the mix of internal versus external third party costs, with the external third party costs causing a lower gross margin and reducing the contract gross profit.  



31  

 


 

Operating Expenses







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended 



 

December 31,



 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

Change



 

 



 

($ in thousands)

Research and development expense

 

$

6,362 

 

 

$

4,353 

 

 

$

2,009 

Percentage of net revenue

 

 

30 

%

 

 

17 

%

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

$

8,411 

 

 

$

6,687 

 

 

$

1,724 

Percentage of net revenue

 

 

39 

%

 

 

27 

%

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

14,773 

 

 

$

11,040 

 

 

$

3,733 

Percentage of net revenue

 

 

69 

%

 

 

44 

%

 

 

 





Research and Development Expenses



Research and development (“R&D”) expenses include salaries, development materials and other costs specifically allocated to the development of new microdisplay products, OLED technologies and production processes .  Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $ 6 . 4 million as compared to $ 4. 4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , a n   in crease of $ 2. 0 million.  The i n crease in company-funded R&D expenses was due to lower allocations of salary costs to contracts due to lower revenues, costs   incurred for the development of a night vision consumer product s and hiring additional engineers to support product and process development.    

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses



Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”)  consist primarily of personnel expenses , professional services fees, as well as other marketing, general corporate and administrative expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016   were $ 8.4 million as compared to $ 6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , a n   in crease of approximately $ 1. 7 million The increase in SG&A for 2016 was primarily due to higher spending for administrative expenses associated with our night vision consumer product activities , higher legal expenses , higher stock-based compensation costs and   nonrecurring administrative transition costs associated with the consolidation of the Company’s finance and procurement functions to our New York   location .    



Other Income (Expense )



Other income (expense ), net primarily   consists of interest expense, interest income on cash balances and other adjustments .   Other income for 2016   is comprised of interest expense of $30 thousand, interest in come on cash balances of $13 thousand, a re versal of a $271 thousand liability and other adjustments of $2 9 thousand.    D uring the fourth quarter of 2016 ,   we   determined the statute of limitation had expired for potential claims related to liquidated damages payable under a 2008 registration rights agreement and reversed a related  l i ability of $271 thousand.   For the year ended December 31   2015 , interest expense net of capitalization was $43 thousand and interest income was $4 thousand, net of other expenses of $4 thousand.



Income Tax Expense (Benefit)  



For the year s ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , income tax expense was approximately $0, respectively.  We have a full valuation allowance as we have determined that it was not more likely than not that we would generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets.



Net Loss  



As a result of the above, n et loss was approximately $ 8.0 million and $ 4 . 1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016   and 2015 , respectively .



Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off balance sheet arrangements that are expected to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues, results of operations, liquidity or capital expenditures.



32  

 


 

Liquidity and Capital Resources    

 

As of December 31, 2016 , we had $ 5. 2   million of cash, cash equivalents, and investments as compared to $ 9.3 million at December 31, 2015  The $4. 1 million   de crease in cash was primarily due to cash used in operating activities of $8.6 million and investing activities of $1.4 million, partially offset by cash provided by financing activities of $6.0 million.   

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016 , operating activities used  $ 8. 6 million in cash , which was attributable to our net loss of $ 8.0 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $ 2.8 million primarily related to inventory for our consumer products launch , partially offset by the change in net non-cash expenses of $ 2. 2 million.     For the year ended December 31, 2015 , operating activities used  $ 1 . 3 million in cash, which was attributable to our net loss of $ 4 . 1 million offset by approximately $ 2 . 8 million fr om the net non-cash expenses and changes in operating assets and liabilities. 



For the year ended December 31, 2016 , investing activities used $ 1.4 million in cash for equipment purchase s primarily for upgrading our production line. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , investing activities used   $ 0.4 million in cash , consisting of of $ 0.8 million cash generated from net investments maturing   offset by $ 1. 2 million of equipment purchase s primarily for upgrading our production line .



For the year ended December 31, 2016 , financing activities provid ed approximately $ 6 . 0 million in cash of which approximately $ 4.3  m illion was net proceeds from the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock, $1.7 million from net borrowings under a new credit facility , net of debt issuance costs, and $ 45 thousand of proceeds from the exercise of stock options   For the year ended December 31, 2015 , financing activities provid ed $ 5. 7 million primarily due to $5. 5 million in proceed s from the sale of common stock and $267 thousand in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.



Warrant Transaction



On August 18, 2016, we entered into letter agreements with certain of our warrant holders pursuant to which they agreed to exercise warrants to purchase a total of 2,216,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $2.05 per share, which they acquired in December 2015.  



On August 24, 2016, in consideration for the exercise of the 2,216,500 warrant shares, we issued new common stock purchase warrants (the “New Warrants”) to purchase 2,947,949 shares of our common stock or 1.33 New Warrant shar e for each warrant share exercised , with an exercise price of $2.60 per share , the approximate market price of the Company’s shares at the date of the letter agreement.  The terms of the warrants are substantially similar to the warrants issued in   December 2015 .  Similar to the earlier warrants, they are not exercisable for six months from the date of issuance; and have a term of five and a half years from the issuance date.



We raised approximately $4. 3   million in net proceeds from the transaction, which was used for general corporate purposes.



ABL Facility



On December 21, 2016, we entered into an asset based revolving credit facility with a lender that provides for up to a maximum amount of $5 million based on a borrowing base equivalent of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus the lesser of $2 million or 50% of eligible inventory. The interest on the ABL Facility is equal to the Prime Rate plus 3% but may not be less than 6.5% with a minimum monthly interest payment of $2,000. We are obligated to pay the lender a monthly administrative fee of $1,000 and an annual facility fee equal to 1% of the maximum amount borrowable under the facility. The ABL Facility will automatically renew on December 31, 2019 for a one-year term unless written notice to terminate the Financing Agreement is provided by either party.

 

The ABL Facility is secured by a lien on all receivables, property and the proceeds thereof, credit insurance policies and other insurance relating to the collateral, books, records and other general intangibles, inventory and equipment, proceeds of the collateral and accounts, instruments, chattel paper, and documents.    The ABL Facility contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default, including a provision that we maintain a minimum tangible net worth of $13 million and a minimum working capital balance of $4 million.   As of December 31, 2016, we had borrowings of $1. 9 million outstanding under the Financing Agreement and had unused borrowing availability of $ 2.0 million.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants.



33  

 


 

Unsecured financing arrangement



On March 2 4 , 2017, we entered into an unsecured debt financing arrangement with Stillwater Trust LLC, an investor who with affiliates collectively control approximately 46% of our outstanding common stock.   Under the financing agreement, we may borrow, through June 30, 2018, up to $2 million for general working capital purposes and up to an additional $3 million should our lender not provide borrowing availability under its normal terms and conditions through its ABL facility.   The agreement expires and borrowings become due upon the earlier of June 30, 2020; the completion of one or a series of equity financings which raise collectively $5 million or greater; or an event of default, as defined in the agreement.  Amounts borrowed under the financing agreement, once repaid, cannot be reborrowed.



The amounts drawn on the line accrue interest at 6% per annum payable at maturity, and are subject to an upfront drawdown fee of 2% of the amount drawn and a quarterly interest surcharge of 2% paid upfront and due commencing on the 180-day anniversary of each draw regardless of whether the draw is still outstanding and then a 2% quarterly interest surcharge until the draws are repaid. In connection with the financing commitment, the investor received a $50,000 commitment fee and a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $ 2.25 per share, the closing market price of our common stock on the date the arrangement was executed.  In the event we do not raise at least $5 million in proceeds from an equity offering within 180 days of the first draw on the facility, we will be required to file a registered rights offering with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 45 days of the 180-day period to all holders of securities of the Company.  In connection with the facility, we, our lender and the investor entered into an intercreditor agreement.



Mr. Christopher Brody, a member of our board of directors, is also the President and Managing Director of Stillwater Holdings LLC and is the Vice President of Stillwater Trust LLC, which is our largest stockholder. The decision of Stillwater Trust LLC to enter into the financing arrangement was made independently of Mr. Brody and the financing was not required or suggested by Mr. Brody. The terms of the financing were determined solely by negotiation among us and Stillwater Trust LLC. Mr. Brody did not participate in the deliberations of our board or the special committee of our board formed to review the terms of the financing with respect to the approval of the financing and abstained from voting thereon.



Former Credit facility



Our former credit facility with a lender expired on August 31, 2016 and was not renewed. The facility provided for up to a maximum of $3 million in borrowings based on 75% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the agreement.  The interest on the credit facility was equal to the prime rate plus 4% but could not be less than 7.25% with a minimum monthly interest payment of $1 thousand.  The credit facility contained customary representations and warranties as well as affirmative and negative covenants.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants.  We did not draw on the credit facility at any time since its inception in September 2010 and there was no outstanding balance at the expiration date.



Evaluation of Ability to Maintain Current Level of Operations



In connection with preparing our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, we evaluated whether there were conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raised substantial doubt about our ability to maintain our current level of operations for the next twelve months.



We considered the following:



·

Our projections for 2017 and the first quarter 2018 compared to the operating losses we incurred during 2016;

·

Our recurring operating losses and negative cash flow from operating activities during 2016;

·

Our working capital requirements for 2017 and the first quarter 2018 compared to our working capital requirements for 2016, giving consideration to our cash expenditures in 2016 to build our infrastructure and to build inventory of our consumer products which were launched in the first quarter of 2017; and

·

The availability of cash and cash equivalents, including our borrowing capacity, to fund our requirements through 2017 and the first quarter of 2018.



As part of this evaluation we considered the following:



·

Higher projected level of product revenues during 2017 and the first quarter 2018 compared to 2016 as we ramp up shipments to new military programs following the wind down in 2016 of other military programs from which we have historically achieved a higher level of revenues:

·

Higher contract revenues in 2017 and first quarter 2018 from fulfillment of existing and expected R&D contracts with several Tier One consumer technology companies in comparison to no revenues from such companies in 2016:

·

Anticipated revenues from the introduction in the first quarter of 2017 of our night vision products for the consumer market; and

34  

 


 

·

The availability to borrow under our ABL Facility and our credit facility with our largest investor.



As a result, management believes that the Company will generate sufficient cash from operations and borrow sufficient funds from its credit facilities to satisfy its obligations for at least the next twelve months from the issuance of our 2016 financial statements on or about March 28, 2017.  



We plan to take one or more of the following actions if our cash flow projections are not accurate:



·

Increase our borrowings under our ABL Facility and borrow from the credit facility with our largest investor;

·

Raise additional capital through a private placement or public offering of our equity securities; and/or

·

Implement cost reductions or restructure our operations.



At December 31, 2016, we had $5. 2 million in cash and cash equivalents, $11.2 million of working capital, and $1.9 million outstanding and $2.0 million of borrowing availability under our ABL Facility.



 

Dividends and Stock Repurchase Plan    



In the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , no dividends were declared or paid.  It is our intention to retain any future profits f or use in the development and expansion of our business and for general corporate purposes. Future decision s to pay cash dividends are at the discretion of our Board of Directors.



In August 2011, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase plan authorizing us to repurchase our common stock not to exceed $2.5 million in total value.   No shares were repurchased subsequent September 2012.   As of December 31, 2016 ,   authorization to repurchase $ 2.0 million in value of our common stock remained under this plan. 

35  

 


 

Contractual Obligations   



The following chart describes the outstanding contractual obligations of eMagin as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Payments Due by Period



 

Total

 

1 Year

 

2-3 Years

 

4-5 Years

 

Thereafter

Operating lease obligations

 

$

6,869 

 

$

970 

 

$

1,822 

 

$

1,830 

 

$

2,247 

Revolving credit facility (a)

 

 

1,852 

 

 

1,852 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Equipment purchase obligations

 

 

630 

 

 

630 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Purchase obligations (b)

 

 

3,829 

 

 

3,829 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total

 

$

13,180 

 

$

7,281 

 

$

1,822 

 

$

1,830 

 

$

2,247 



(a)

The company’s revolving credit facility matures in 2019 and is classified as a current liability

(b)

The majority of purchase orders outstanding contain no cancellation fees ex cept for minor re-stocking fees or reimbursements due   to contract manufacturers for components purchased in anticipation of a scheduled production run that are subsequently cancelled.



Critical Accounting Policies

 

The SEC defines "critical accounting policies" as those that require application of management's most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Not all of the accounting policies require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates.  However, the following policies could be deemed to be critical within the SEC definition.



Revenue and Cost Recognition

 

Revenue on product sales is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, such as when a purchase order or contract is received from the customer ; the price is fixed ; title and risk of loss to the goods has changed and there is a reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. We obtain written purchase authorizations from our customers for a specified amount of product at a specified price and consider delivery to have occurred at the time of shipment.

 

Revenues from research and development activities relating to firm fixed-price contracts and cost-type contracts are generally recognized on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting as costs are incurred (cost-to-cost basis). Progress is generally based on a cost-to-cost approach ; however , an alternative method may be used such as physical progress, labor hours or others depending on the type of contract.  Physical progress is determined as a combination of input and output measures as deemed appropriate by the circumstances.  Contract costs include all direct material, labor and subcontractor costs and an allocation of allowable indirect costs as defined by each contract, as periodically adjusted to reflect revised agreed upon rates. These rates are subject to audit by the other party.

 

Product Warranty

 

We offer a one-year product replacement warranty. In general, our standard policy is to repair or replace the defective products. We accrue for estimated returns of defective products at the time revenue is recognized based on historical activity as well as for specific known product issues. The determination of these accruals requires us to make estimates of the frequency and extent of warranty activity and estimate future costs to replace the products under warranty. If the actual warranty activity and/or repair and replacement costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments to cost of revenue may be required in future periods.

 

Use of Estimates

 

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management utilizes certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments related to, among others, allowance for doubtful accounts, warranty reserves, inventory reserves, stock-based compensation expense, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, fair value of financial instruments, litigation and other loss contingencies. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 



36  

 


 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

eMagin’s cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short-term investments, and accounts payable are stated at cost which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.      



Stock-based Compensation    

 

We maintain several stock equity incentive plans.  

 

The 2008 Incentive Stock Plan ( the 2008 Plan”) adopted and approved by the Board of Directors on November 5, 2008 provides for grant s of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants.   The 2008 Plan has an aggregate of 2 million shares.  In 2016 , there were 221,024 options granted from this plan.

 

The 2011 Incentive Stock Plan adopted and approved by the shareholders on November 3, 2011 provides for grant s of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants.    On June 7, 2012, at our Annual Meeting, the shareholders approved an Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Stock Plan (t he 2011 Plan”) .     The 2011 Plan has an aggregate of 1.4 million shares.  In 201 6 , there were 458,000 options granted from this plan.

 

The 201 3 Incentive Stock Plan (the 201 3 Plan”) adopted and approved by the shareholders on May 17, 2013 provides for grants of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants.   The 2013 Plan has an aggregate of 1 .5 million shares.  In 201 6 , there were 635,097 options granted from this plan.

 

During 2016, the Company also granted 125,000 options under the 2017 Incentive Stock Plan that is subject to shareholder approval. If approved, the plan will provide for grants of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants.



We account for the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors by estimating the fair value of stock awards at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.  Stock-based compensation expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures and is amortized over the vesting period using the straight-line method. See Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements – Stock Compensation for a further discussion on stock-based compensation.

 

Income Taxes 



We are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jur isdictions in which we operate.     The process involves estimating our current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the differing treatment of items for accounting and tax purposes.    These differences result in deferr ed tax assets and liabilities.  Operating losses and tax credits, to the extent not already utilized to offset taxable income also represent deferred tax assets.     We must assess the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be realized from future taxable income, and to the extent we believe that realization is not likely, we must e stablish a valuation allowance.  Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets.



In determining future taxable income, assumptions are made to forecast operating income, the reversal of temporary timing differences and the implementati on of tax planning strategies.  Management uses significant judgment in the assumptions it uses to forecast future taxable income which are consistent with the forecast s used to manage the business.  Realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon future earnings , with respect to which there is uncertainty as to the timing.  

 

In assessing the realizabili t y of deferred tax assets, we evaluate both positive and negative evidence that may exist and consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferre d tax assets will be realized.  At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets as we have determined that it is more likely than not that none of the deferred tax assets will be realized. 

 

Our effective income tax rate was 0% in 2016 and 2015

 



Effect of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition.

 

37  

 


 

ITEM 7A.  QUA NTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Market rate risk

 

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.

 

Interest rate risk

 

We hold our cash in cash and cash equivalents and certificates of deposits.  We do not hold derivative financial inst ruments or equity securities.  At December 31, 2016 , we had $1. 9 million in borrowings under our revolving line of credit . A hypothetical 10% increase in borrowing interest rates at December 31. 2016 would not have had a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows in the year ended December 31, 2016 .

 

Foreign currency exchange rate risk



We do not have any material fore ign currency exchange rate risk because the majority of our transactions are denominated in US dollars.

 

38  

 


 

ITEM 8. FINA NCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA



The report of the independent registered public accounting firm and financial statements are   included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.







 





39  

 


 

ITEM 9. CHANGE S IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CON TROLS AND PROCEDURES    

 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of the principal executive and principal financial officers , have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a – 15(e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this  A nnual R eport.  They have concluded that, based on such evaluation, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016 .

 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Overview

 

Internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.  Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for eMagin.

 

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures.  Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override.  Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting.  However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process.  Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

 

Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled “Internal Control -- Integrated Framework (2013)” published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission to evaluate the effectiveness of eMagin’s internal control over financial reporting.  A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

Management’s Assessment

 

As of December 31, 2016 , our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and has determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective. 



(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. These conclusions were communicated to the Audit Committee.

 

ITEM 9B. OT HER INFORMATION

 

On March 2 4 , 2017, we entered into an unsecured debt financing arrangement with Stillwater Trust LLC, an investor who with affiliates collectively control approximately 46% of our outstanding common stock.   Under the financing agreement, we may borrow, through June 30, 2018, up to $2 million for general working capital purposes and up to an additional $3 million should our lender not provide borrowing availability under its normal terms and conditions through its ABL facility.   The agreement expires and borrowings become due upon the earlier of June 30, 2020; the completion of one or a series of equity financings which raise collectively $5 million or greater in gross proceeds ; or an event of default, as defined in the agreement.  Amounts borrowed under the financing agreement, once repaid, cannot be reborrowed.



40  

 


 

The amounts drawn on the line accrue interest at 6% per annum payable at maturity, and are subject to an upfront drawdown fee of 2% of the amount drawn and a quarterly interest surcharge of 2% paid upfront and due commencing on the 180-day anniversary of each draw regardless of whether the draw is still outstanding and then a 2% quarterly interest surcharge until the draws are repaid. In connection with the financing commitment, the investor received a $50,000 commitment fee and a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $ 2.25 per share, the closing market price of our common stock on the date the arrangement was executed.  In the event we do not raise at least $5 million in gross proceeds from an equity offering within 180 days of the first draw on the facility, we will be required to file a registered rights offering with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 45 days of the 180-day period to all holders of securities of the Company.  In connection with the facility, we, our lender and the investor entered into an intercreditor agreement.



Mr. Christopher Brody, a member of our board of directors, is also the President and Managing Director of Stillwater Holdings LLC and is the Vice President of Stillwater Trust LLC, which is our largest stockholder. The decision of Stillwater Trust LLC to enter into the financing arrangement was made independently of Mr. Brody and the financing was not required or suggested by Mr. Brody. The terms of the financing were determined solely by negotiation among us and Stillwater Trust LLC. Mr. Brody did not participate in the deliberations of our board or the special committee of our board formed to review the terms of the financing with respect to the approval of the financing and abstained from voting thereon.

41  

 


 





PART III

 

ITEM 10.  DIRE CTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s 201 7 Proxy Statement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the Company’s 201 7 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“201 7 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference. Such Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.

 

ITEM 11. EXECU TIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s 201 7 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.



ITEM 12. SEC URITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s 201 7 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERT AIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS , AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s 201 7 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRIN CIPAL ACCOUNT ING FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item will be included in the Company’s 201 7 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.





42  

 


 



PART IV

 

I TEM 15. EXH IBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)  Financial Statements and Schedules

 

1.   Financial Statements

 

The following consolidated financial statements are filed as part of this report under Item 8 of Part II “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

 

F-2        Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 .

F-3     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .

F-4     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .

F-5     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .

F-6   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements





 

2 .   Financial Statement Schedules

 

Financial statement schedules not included herein have been omitted because they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included herein.

 

(b)  Exhibits

 

The exhibits listed in the accompanying Index to Exhibits on page s   43 to 45 are file d or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.







43  

 


 

SIG NATURES

 

In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on th is 28 th day of March, 201 7 .

 



 

 

 



 

eMAGIN CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew G. Sculley

 

 

 

Andrew G. Sculley

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 



 

In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following pe rsons on March 28 , 201 7 , on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities Indicated.

 



 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew G. Sculley

 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

Andrew G. Sculley

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey P. Lucas

 

Chief Financial Officer

Jeffrey P. Lucas

 

  (Chief Accounting Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Jill J. Wittels

 

Chair of the Board

Jill J. Wittels

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ellen Richstone

 

Director

Ellen Richstone

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher Brody

 

Director

Christopher Brody

 

 



 

 

/s/ Paul Cronson 

 

Director

Paul Cronson

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Leslie Polgar

 

Director

Leslie Polgar

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen Seay

 

Director

Stephen Seay

 

 





44  

 


 





eMAGIN CORPORATION

INDEX TO EXHIBITS  



 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger between Fashion Dynamics Corp., FED Capital Acquisition Corporation and FED Corporation dated March 13, 2000 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on March 17, 2000).

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to an appendix to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed on September 21, 2006).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to an appendix to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on October 26, 2010).

 

 

 

3.3

 

Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed on June 14, 2001).

 

 

 

3.4

 

Certificate of Designations of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2015).



 

 

4.3

 

Form of Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2016).



 

 

4.4

 

Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2016).



 

 

4.5

 

 



 

 

10.1

 

Form of Agreement for Stock Option Grant pursuant to 2003 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on March 14, 2000).*

 

 

 

10.2

 

Nonexclusive Field of Use License Agreement relating to OLED Technology for miniature, high resolution displays between the Eastman Kodak Company and FED Corporation dated March 29, 1999 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2000 filed on April 30, 2001).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Amendment Number 1 to the Nonexclusive Field of Use License Agreement relating to the LED Technology for miniature, high resolution displays between the Eastman Kodak Company and FED Corporation dated March 16, 2000 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2000 filed on April 30, 2001).

 

 

 

10.4

 

Lease between International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”) and FED Corporation dated May 28, 1999 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 filed on March 30, 2001).

 

 

 

10.5

 

Amendment Number 1 to the Lease between IBM and FED Corporation dated July 9, 1999 (incorporated by reference to exhibits 10.8 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 filed on March 30, 2001)

 

 

 

10.6

 

Amendment Number 2 to the Lease between IBM and FED Corporation dated January 29, 2001 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 filed on March 30, 2001).

 

 

 

10.7

 

Amendment Number 3 to Lease between IBM and FED Corporation dated May 28, 2002 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form S-1A as filed November 12, 2008).

 

 

 

10.8

 

Amendment Number 4 to Lease between IBM and FED Corporation dated December 14, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2004).

   

 

 

10.09

 

Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Option Plan, filed September 1, 2005, as filed in the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.*

 

 

 

10.10

 

2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, filed September 1, 2005, as filed in the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.*

 

 

 

10.11

 

2004 Amended and Restated Non-Employee Compensation Plan, filed September 21, 2006, as filed in the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement incorporated herein by reference.*

 

 

 

45  

 


 

10.12

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008).

 

 

 

10.13

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008).



 

 

10.14

 

Exchange Agreement, dated December 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008).

 

 

 

10.15

 

Amendment Number 6 to the lease between IBM and eMagin Corporation dated May 27, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-k filed on June 19, 2009).

 

 

 

10.16

 

Lease between Northup Building LLC and eMagin dated May 28, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2009).

 

 

 

10.17

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Andrew G. Sculley dated as of December 31, 2013 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2014).

 

 

 

10.18

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Paul Campbell dated as of December 31, 2013 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2014).

 

 

 

10.19

 

2011 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011).*



 

 

10.20

 

2013 Incentive Stock Plan, filed April 2, 2013, as filed in the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement incorporated herein by reference.*



 

 

10.21

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2013, by and between the Company and Gabriel G. Matus (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2013).



 

 

10.22

 

Amendment Number 7 to the lease between IBM and eMagin Corporation dated May 2, 2014 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 8, 2014).



 

 

10.23

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Jerome T. Carollo dated as of May 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2014).



 

 

10.24

 

At the Market Offering Agreement, dated as of September 16, 2015, by and between the Company and Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 3, 2015).



 

 

10.25

 

Lucas Offer Letter, dated as of September 10, 2015, by and between the Company and Jeffrey P. Lucas (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2015).



 

 

10.26

 

Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of September 16, 2015, by and between the Company and Paul C. Campbell (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2015).



 

 

10.27

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2015 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2015).



 

 

10.28

 

Placement Agency Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2015 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2015).



 

 

10.29

 

8th Lease Amendment between International Global Foundries U.S. 2 LLC and eMagin Corporation, effective as of March 21, 2016 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2016).



 

 

10.30

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2016, by and between the Company and Andrew G. Sculley, Jr. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2016).



 

 

10.31

 

Financing Agreement, dated as of March24, 2017, by and between the Company and Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc. (filed herewith).



 

 

10.32

 

Letter Agreement re: Line of Credit, dated as of March 24, 2017, by and between the Company and Stillwater Trust LLC   (filed herewith).



 

 

10.33

 

Promissory Note, dated as of March 24, 2017, by and between the Company and Stillwater Trust LLC   (filed herewith).



 

 

10.34

 

Subordination Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2017, by and among the Company, Stillwater Trust LLC and Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc.   (filed herewith).



 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Company (filed herewith).

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith).



 

 

31.1

 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Sarbanes Oxley Section 302 (filed herewith).

46  

 


 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Sarbanes Oxley Section 302 (filed herewith).

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C.   Section 1350 furnished herewith).

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (furnished herewith).

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document (filed herewith).

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (filed herewith).

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (filed herewith).

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document (filed herewith).

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (filed herewith).

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (filed herewith).

 

 

 

*    Each of the Exhibits noted by an asterisk is a management compensatory plan or arrangement.







 

47  

 


 



Rep ort of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm





To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
eMagin Corporation

 

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of eMagin Corporation and Subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders ' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) . Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of eMagin Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 





 /s/ RSM US LLP

Seattle, Washington

March 2 8 , 201 7













F- 1  

 


 







eMAGIN CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In thousands, except share and per share data)





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

5,241 

 

 

$

9,273 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

2,834 

 

 

 

3,508 

 

Unbilled accounts receivable

 

 

1,401 

 

 

 

1,445 

 

Inventories

 

 

7,435 

 

 

 

3,901 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,040 

 

 

 

489 

 

Total current assets

 

 

17,951 

 

 

 

18,616 

 

Equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements, net

 

 

8,980 

 

 

 

9,131 

 

Intangibles and other assets

 

 

282 

 

 

 

336 

 

Total assets

 

$

27,213 

 

 

$

28,083 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,432 

 

 

$

1,636 

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

1,528 

 

 

 

1,246 

 

Revolving credit facility, net

 

 

1,689 

 

 

 

 —

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

1,513 

 

 

 

1,193 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

591 

 

 

 

602 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

6,753 

 

 

 

4,677 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies  (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.001 par value: authorized 10,000,000 shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series B Convertible Preferred stock, (liquidation preference of $5,659,000 ) stated value $1,000 per share, $.001 par value:  10,000 shares designated and 5,659 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

Common stock, $.001 par value: authorized 200,000,000 shares, issued 31,788,582 shares as of December 31, 2016 and 29,550,170 shares as of December 31, 2015

 

 

32 

 

 

 

30 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

239,915 

 

 

 

234,814 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(218,987)

 

 

 

(210,938)

 

Treasury stock, 162,066 shares as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

 

(500)

 

 

 

(500)

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

20,460 

 

 

 

23,406 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

27,213 

 

 

$

28,083 

 



See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



F- 2  

 


 



  eMAGIN CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

(In thousands, except share and per share data) 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended



 

December 31,



 

2016

 

 

2015

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

$

17,265 

 

 

$

20,912 

Contract

 

 

3,132 

 

 

 

4,230 

License

 

 

1,000 

 

 

 

 —

Total revenues, net

 

 

21,397 

 

 

 

25,142 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product

 

 

12,988 

 

 

 

15,466 

Contract

 

 

1,967 

 

 

 

2,698 

License

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

Total cost of revenues

 

 

14,955 

 

 

 

18,164 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

6,442 

 

 

 

6,978 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

6,362 

 

 

 

4,353 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

8,411 

 

 

 

6,687 

Total operating expenses

 

 

14,773 

 

 

 

11,040 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(8,331)

 

 

 

(4,062)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

(30)

 

 

 

(43)

Other income, net

 

 

313 

 

 

 

 —

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

283 

 

 

 

(43)

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

 

(8,048)

 

 

 

(4,105)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

 —



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(8,049)

 

 

$

(4,105)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss per share, basic

 

$

(0.27)

 

 

$

(0.16)

Loss per share, diluted

 

$

(0.27)

 

 

$

(0.16)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

30,172,927 

 

 

 

25,296,040 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

30,172,927 

 

 

 

25,296,040 

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F- 3  

 


 

  eMAGIN CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(In thousands, except share data) 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Preferred Shares

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Shares

 

 

Common Stock

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Treasury Stock

Total Shareholders’ Equity

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

 

5,659 

 

$

 —

 

 

25,195,107 

 

 

$

25 

 

$

228,380 

 

$

(206,833)

 

$

(500)

$

21,072 

Exercise of common stock options

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

254,351 

 

 

 

 

 

266 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

267 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

606 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

606 

Common stock issued for cash, net of issuance costs

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,100,712 

 

 

 

 

 

5,562 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

5,566 

Net loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,105)

 

 

 —

 

(4,105)

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

 

5,659 

 

 

 —

 

 

29,550,170 

 

 

 

30 

 

 

234,814 

 

 

(210,938)

 

 

(500)

 

23,406 

Exercise of common stock options

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

21,912 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

45 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

45 

Exercise of Warrants

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,216,500 

 

 

 

 

 

4,285 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

4,287 

Stock based compensation

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

771 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

771 

Net loss

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(8,049)

 

 

 —

 

(8,049)

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

 

5,659 

 

$

 —

 

 

31,788,582 

 

 

$

32 

 

$

239,915 

 

$

(218,987)

 

$

(500)

$

20,460 







See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F- 4  

 


 

eMAGIN CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

(In thousands) 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 



 

Year Ended December 31,

 



 

2016

 

2015

 



 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(8,049)

 

 

$

(4,105)

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,641 

 

 

 

1,530 

 

Reduction in provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

 —

 

 

 

(543)

 

Increase (reduction) in inventory reserve

 

 

(49)

 

 

 

1,253 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

771 

 

 

 

606 

 

Loss on sale of asset

 

 

 

 

 

12 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

674 

 

 

 

(87)

 

Unbilled accounts receivable

 

 

44 

 

 

 

(279)

 

Inventories

 

 

(3,485)

 

 

 

(567)

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(551)

 

 

 

155 

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities

 

 

387 

 

 

 

764 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(8,616)

 

 

 

(1,261)

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment

 

 

(1,437)

 

 

 

(1,189)

 

Maturities of investments

 

 

 —

 

 

 

750 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,437)

 

 

 

(439)

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from warrant exercise, net

 

 

4,287 

 

 

 

 —

 

Proceeds from sale of common stock

 

 

 —

 

 

 

5,566 

 

Borrowings under revolving line of credit, net

 

 

1,689 

 

 

 

 —

 

Payments made in financing of intangibles

 

 

 —

 

 

 

(150)

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

45 

 

 

 

267 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

6,021 

 

 

 

5,683 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(4,032)

 

 

 

3,983 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

9,273 

 

 

 

5,290 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

5,241 

 

 

$

9,273 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

29 

 

 

$

13 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

 

 

$

 —

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



F- 5  

 


 

   



eMAGIN CORPORATION  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

 

 

Note 1   Nature Of Business

 

eMagin Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary , Virtual Vision, Inc. (the “Company”) designs, manufactures and supplies OLED-on-silicon microdisplays and virtual imaging products which utilize OLED microdisplays. The Company’s products are sold mainly in North America, Asia, and Europe.

 

Note 2 – Significant Accounting Policies



Basis of presentation



The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of eMagin Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary.  All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company manages its operations on a consolidated, integrated basis in order to optimize its equipment and facilities and to effectively service its global customer base, and concludes that it operates in a single business segment.



Use of estimates



In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management utilizes certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments related to, among others, allowance for doubtful accounts, warranty reserves, inventory reserves, stock-based compensation expense, deferred tax asset valuation allowances, litigation and other loss contingencies. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.



Revenue and cost recognition



Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, selling price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured.   Product revenue is generally recognized when products are shipped to customers.



The Company also earns revenues from certain research and development (“R&D”) activities (contract revenues) under both firm fixed-price contracts and cost-type contracts.  Revenues relating to firm fixed-price contracts and cost-type contracts are generally recognized on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting as costs are incurred (cost-to-cost basis).  Progress is generally based on a cost-to-cost approach; however, an alternative method may be used such as physical progress, labor hours or others depending on the type of contract.   Physical progress is determined as a combination of input and output measures as deemed appropriate by the circumstances.  Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and an allocation of allowable indirect costs as defined by each contract, as periodically adjusted to reflect revised agreed upon rates. These rates are subject to audit by the other party. 



Product warranty



The Company offers a one-year product replacement warranty. In general, the standard policy is to repair or replace the defective products. The Company accrues for estimated returns of defective products at the time revenue is recognized based on historical experience as well as for specific known product issues. The determination of these accruals requires the Company to make estimates of the frequency and extent of warranty activity and estimate future costs to replace the products under warranty. If the actual warranty activity and/or repair and replacement costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments to cost of revenue may be required in future periods.



F- 6  

 


 

The following table provides a summary of the activity related to the Company's warranty liability, included in other current liabilities, during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):  





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended



 

December 31,



 

2016

 

 

2015



 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

599 

 

 

$

663 

Warranty accruals

 

 

375 

 

 

 

455 

Warranty claims

 

 

(390)

 

 

 

(519)

Ending balance

 

$

584 

 

 

$

599 



Research and development expenses



Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.



Cash and cash equivalents



All highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.



Accounts receivable



The majority of the Company’s commercial accounts receivable are due from Original Equipment Manufacturers ("OEM’s”). Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are payable in U.S. dollars, are due within 30-90 days and are stated at amounts due from customers net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Any account outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms is considered past due.



Unbilled accounts receivable



Unbilled receivables principally represent revenues recorded under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting that have not been billed to customers in accordance with the contractual terms of the arrangement.   We anticipate that the majority of the balance at December 31, 2016 will be collected during the 2017 fiscal year.  As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, unbilled accounts receivable was $1.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively.



Allowance for doubtful accounts



The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects an estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The allowance is determined based on a variety of factors, including the length of time receivables are past due, historical experience, the customer's current ability to pay its obligation, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole.  The Company will record a specific reserve for individual accounts when the Company becomes aware of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, deterioration in the customer's operating results or financial position, or deterioration in the customer’s credit history. If circumstances related to customers change, the Company would further adjust estimates of the recoverability of receivables.  Account balances, when determined to be uncollectible, are charged against the allowance.



Inventories



Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in first-out method. Cost includes materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand, future purchase commitments with the Company’s suppliers, and the estimated utility of the inventory. If the Company review indicates a reduction in utility below carrying value, the inventory is reduced to a new cost basis.



Equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements



Equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements are stated at cost. Depreciation on equipment is calculated using the straight-line method of depreciation over the estimated useful life ranging from three to 10 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is calculated by using the straight-line method over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.



F- 7  

 


 

The Company performs impairment tests on its long-lived assets when circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If required, recoverability is tested by comparing the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of the asset or asset group to its carrying value. Impairment losses, if any, are recognized based on the excess of the assets' carrying amounts over their estimated fair values.



Intangible assets 



Included in the Company’s intangible assets are patents that are recorded at purchase price as of the date acquired and amortized over the expected useful life which is generally the remaining life of the patent.  In 2014, the Company purchased several patents for $290 thousand which are being amortized over their remaining useful life.  As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, intangible assets were $355 thousand less accumulated amortization of $166 thousand and $112 thousand, respectively.  As of December 31, 2016, the weighted average remaining useful life of the patents was approximately 5.3 years. 



Total intangible amortization expense was approximately $54 thousand and $58 thousand for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.   Estimated future amortization expense as of December 31, 2016 is as follows (in thousands):





 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years ending December 31,

 

 

 

Total Amortization



 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

$

54 

2018

 

 

 

54 

2019

 

 

 

32 

2020

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

Later years

 

 

 

32 



 

 

$

189 



Advertising 



Costs related to advertising and promotion of products are charged to sales and marketing expense as incurred.  There was no advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.



Shipping and handling fees



The Company includes costs related to shipping and handling in cost of goods sold.



Income taxes



The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates will be recognized as income or expense in the period that the change occurs.  A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized.  Changes in circumstances, assumptions and clarification of uncertain tax regimes may require changes to any valuation allowances associated with the Company’s deferred tax assets.



Due to the Company’s operating loss carryforwards, all tax years remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject. In the event that the Company is assessed interest or penalties at some point in the future, it will be classified in the financial statements as tax expense.



Income (loss) per common share 



Basic income (loss) per share (“Basic EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period.  Diluted income (loss) per share (“Diluted EPS”) is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period while also giving effect to all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the reporting period. 



F- 8  

 


 

In accordance with ASC 260, entities that have issued securities other than common stock that participate in dividends with the common stock (“participating securities”) are required to apply the two-class method to compute basic EPS.  The two-class method is an earnings allocation method under which EPS is calculated for each class of common stock and participating security as if all such earnings had been distributed during the period.  On December 22, 2008, the Company issued Convertible Preferred Stock – Series B which participates in dividends with the Company’s common stock and is therefore considered to be a participating security. The participating convertible preferred stock is not required to absorb any net loss.  The Company uses the more dilutive method of calculating the diluted earnings per share, either the two class method or “if-converted” method.  Under the “if-converted” method, the convertible preferred stock is assumed to have been converted into common shares at the beginning of the period. 



For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company reported a net loss and as a result, basic and diluted loss per common share are the same. Therefore, in calculating net loss per share amounts, shares underlying the potentially dilutive common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per common share because their effect was anti-dilutive.



The following is a table of the potentially dilutive common stock equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 that were not included in diluted EPS as their effect would be anti-dilutive:





 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

For the Year Ended December 31,



 

2016

 

2015



 

 

Options

 

5,055,741 

 

4,218,139 

Warrants

 

3,331,449 

 

2,600,000 

Convertible preferred stock

 

7,545,333 

 

7,545,333 

Total potentially dilutive common stock equivalents

 

15,932,523 

 

14,363,472 







Comprehensive income (loss)



Comprehensive income (loss) refers to net income (loss) and other revenue, expenses, gains and losses that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are recorded as an element of shareholders’ equity but are excluded from the calculation of net income (loss).

The Company's operations did not give rise to any material items includable in comprehensive income (loss), which were not already in net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Accordingly, the Company's comprehensive income (loss) is the same as its net income (loss) for the periods presented.





Stock-based compensation



The Company uses the fair value method of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements. The fair values of stock options are estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Stock-based compensation expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures and is amortized over the vesting period using the straight-line method.  



Concentration of credit risk



The majority of eMagin’s products are sold throughout North America, Asia, and Europe.  Sales to the Company’s recurring customers are generally made on open account while sales to occasional customers are typically made on a prepaid basis.  eMagin performs periodic credit evaluations on its recurring customers and generally does not require collateral.  An allowance for doubtful accounts is maintained for credit losses.



Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.  The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with financial institutions which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.  The Company invests surplus cash in a government money market fund that consists of U.S Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government Obligations,  which is not insured. To date, the Company has not experienced any loss associated with this risk.



Evaluation of Ability to Maintain Current Level of Operations



In connection with preparing the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, management evaluated whether there were conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raised substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and meet its obligations as they became due for the next twelve months from the date of issuance of its 2016 financial statements. Management assessed that there were such conditions and events, including a history of recurring operating

F- 9  

 


 

losses and negative cash flows from operating activities. The Company incurred a net loss of $8.0 million and used cash in operating activities of $8.6 million for 2016. In addition, at December 31, 2016, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $5.2 million, outstanding borrowings under its ABL debt facility of $1.9 million, gross of debt issuance costs, and borrowing availability under the facility of $2.0 million.



Management evaluated the significance of these conditions in relation to the Company’s ability to meet its obligations as they become due. The Company’s ability to continue current operations and to execute on management’s plans is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations. The Company expects that it may need additional capital to fund its operations in the next twelve months from the date of issuance of its 2016 financial statements. In March 2017, the Company entered into an unsecured debt financing arrangement with Stillwater Trust LLC, a significant investor in the Company (see Note 14). Under the financing agreement, the Company may borrow through June 30, 2018, up to $2 million for general working capital purposes and up to an additional $3 million should the Company’s existing lender not provide borrowing availability under its normal terms and conditions through its ABL debt facility. Management’s plans also include the ability to reduce certain discretionary expenses and delay capital expenditures if necessary to provide additional sources of capital.



Management believes that its plan of obtaining this additional source of capital under the Stillwater Trust LLC agreement, and its ability to take actions to reduce certain discretionary expenses and delay capital expenditures if necessary to provide additional sources of capital, alleviates the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Based on the Company’s current operating plan, management anticipates that, given current working capital levels, current financial projections, and the ability to borrow under its ABL debt facility and its credit facility with its largest investor, the Company will be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due over the next twelve months from the date of issuance of its 2016 financial statements and to continue as a going concern over the same period.



Recently issued accounting standards 



In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance which simplifies the accounting for share-based payment transactions including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, financial statement presentation of excess tax benefits or deficiencies, and classification in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, although early adoption is permitted.  The Company has elected to early adopt this guidance on a prospective basis as of December 31, 2016.  The adoption of the new accounting guidance did not have a material impact on its financial statements.  



In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance which changes the accounting for leases. The guidance requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term and, a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases).  Under the new guidance, leases previously defined as operating leases will be presented on the balance sheet. As a result, these leases will be recorded as an asset and a corresponding liability at the present value of the total lease payments. The asset will be decremented over the life of the lease on a pro-rata basis resulting in lease expense while the liability will be decremented using the interest method (ie. principal and interest). As such, the Company expects the new guidance will materially impact the asset and liability balances of the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures at the time of adoption.  Since the new guidance is effective January 1, 2019, there will be no immediate impact on the Company’s financial statements.



In November 2015, the FASB issued guidance which requires deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in the statement of financial position. This guidance requires entities with a classified balance sheet to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities as non-current. The guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and can be applied prospectively or retrospectively to adjustments with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new accounting guidance to have a material impact on its financial statements.



In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance on the measurement of inventory, which requires that inventory be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value.   The updated standard should be adopted prospectively and is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods therein) beginning after December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the new accounting guidance to have a material impact on its financial statements.



In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a services contract. All software licenses recognized under this guidance will be accounted for consistent with other licenses of intangible assets. The guidance was effective January 1, 2016 and the Company adopted it on a prospective basis. The guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

F- 10  

 


 



In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance that simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs. The guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts.  The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2016 and has presented its revolving credit facility debt net of unamortized debt issuance costs in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.



In November 2014, the FASB issued guidance to eliminate the diversity in practice for the accounting for hybrid financial instruments issued in the form of a share.  The guidance requires management to consider all terms and features, whether stated or implied, of a hybrid instrument when determining whether the nature of the instrument is more akin to a debt instrument or an equity instrument. Embedded derivative features, which are accounted for separately from host contracts, should also be considered in the analysis of the hybrid instrument. The Company adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2016 and it did not have an impact on its financial statements.



In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance which defines management’s responsibility to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide related footnote disclosures if there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The pronouncement was effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company has provided an assessment and related disclosures in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance on the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers, which will require an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The updated standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. In July 2015, the FASB voted to defer the effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 (including interim reporting periods within those periods) and permitted early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date of December 15, 2016.  The Company expects the updated standard to become effective for it in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. The Company has not yet selected a transition method and is currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on its financial statements.



Note 3  – Accounts Receivable, net  

   

Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

2,961 

 

 

$

3,635 

 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(127)

 

 

 

(127)

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

2,834 

 

 

$

3,508 

 

 

Note 4 Inventories, net  

 

The components of inventories we re as follows (in thousands):  





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw materials 

 

$

3,619 

 

 

$

2,595 

 

Work in process

 

 

1,576 

 

 

 

1,369 

 

Finished goods 

 

 

3,740 

 

 

 

1,486 

 

Total inventories

 

 

8,935 

 

 

 

5,450 

 

Less inventory reserve

 

 

(1,500)

 

 

 

(1,549)

 

Total inventories, net

 

$

7,435 

 

 

$

3,901 

 

 

F- 11  

 


 

Note 5 – Prepaid Expenses a nd Other Current Assets

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,



 

2016

 

 

2015

Vendor prepayments

 

$

601 

 

 

$

51 

Other prepaid expenses

 

 

439 

 

 

 

438 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

1,040 

 

 

$

489 

 

Note 6 – Equipment, Furniture a nd Leasehold Improvements

 

Equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements consist of the following (in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,



 

2016

 

 

2015

Computer hardware and software

 

$

1,471 

 

 

$

1,440 

Lab and factory equipment

 

 

16,369 

 

 

 

15,868 

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

 

344 

 

 

 

344 

Assets under capital leases

 

 

66 

 

 

 

66 

Construction in progress

 

 

1,180 

 

 

 

277 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

473 

 

 

 

473 

Total equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements

 

 

19,903 

 

 

 

18,468 

Less:  accumulated depreciation

 

 

(10,923)

 

 

 

(9,337)

Equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements, net

 

$

8,980 

 

 

$

9,131 



Depreciation expense was $ 1. 6 million and $ 1. 5   million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 201 5 , respectively.  Assets under capital leases are fully amortized.



Note 7– Debt

 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015



 

 

 

 

 

Revolving credit facility

 

$

1,852 

 

 

$

 —

Less unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(163)

 

 

 

 —

Revolving credit facility, net

 

$

1,689 

 

 

$

 —



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



On December 21, 2016, the Company   entered into a revolving credit facility with a lender that provides for up to a maximum amount of $5 million based on a borrowing base equivalent of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus the lesser of $2 million or 50% of eligible inventory , (the “ ABL facility ”). The interest on the ABL facility is equal to the Prime Rate plus 3% but may not be less than 6.5% with a minimum monthly interest payment of $2 thousand . The Company shall pay the lender a monthly administrative fee of $1 thousand and an annual facility fee equal to 1% of the maximum amount borrowable under the facility. The ABL facility will automatically renew on December 31, 2019 for a one -year term unless written notice to terminate the agreement is provided by either party. In conjunction with entering into the financing , the Company incurred $163 thousand of debt issuance costs including lender and legal costs that will be amortized over the life of the ABL facility .  In accordance with recently issued accounting guidance, the revolving credit facility balance is presented net of these unamortized debt issuance costs on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

The ABL facility is secured by a lien on all receivables, property and the proceeds thereof, credit insurance policies and other insurance relating to the collateral, books, records and other general intangibles, inventory and equipment, proceeds of the collateral and accounts, instruments, chattel paper, and documents.  Collections received on accounts receivable are directly used to pay down the outstanding borrowings on the credit facility.

 

F- 12  

 


 

The ABL facility contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default.  The Company is required to maintain a minimum tangible net worth of $13 million and a minimum working capital balance of $4 million at all times.  As of December 31, 2016 , we had unused borrowing availability of $ 2.0 million and were in compliance with all debt covenants.



Our former credit facility with a lender expired on August 31, 2016 and was not renewed. The facility provided for up to a maximum of $3 million in borrowings based on 75% of eligible accounts receivable , as defined in the agreement.  The interest on the credit facility was equal to the prime rate plus 4% but could not be less than 7.25% with a minimum monthly interest payment of $1 thousand.  The credit facility contained customary representations and warranties as well as affirmative and negative covenants.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants.  We did not draw on the credit facility at any time since its inception in September 2010 and there was no outstanding balance at the expiration date.



For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , interest expense includes interest paid, capitalized or accrued of approximately $30 thousand and $43 thousand, respectively, on outstanding debt.

 

F- 13  

 


 

Note 8   Income Taxes   

 

Net loss before income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the Years Ended

 



 

December 31,

 



 

2016

 

2015

 

Domestic, current

 

$

(8,048)

 

$

(4,105)

 

Total

 

$

(8,048)

 

$

(4,105)

 

 

The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred taxes as of December 31 are as follows (numbers are in thousands):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the Years Ended

 



 

December 31,

 



 

2016

 

2015

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

43,083 

 

$

38,943 

 

Research and development tax credit carryforwards

 

 

2,196 

 

 

2,279 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

4,438 

 

 

4,057 

 

Other provision and expenses not currently deductible

 

 

1,335 

 

 

1,297 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

51,052 

 

 

46,576 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(1,141)

 

 

(965)

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(95)

 

 

(116)

 

Total deferred liabilities

 

 

(1,236)

 

 

(1,081)

 

Less valuation allowance

 

 

(49,816)

 

 

(45,495)

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns.  The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates will be recognized as income or expense in the period that the change occurs.  A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized.  Changes in circumstances, assumptions and clarification of uncertain tax regimes may require changes to any valuation allowances associated with the Company’s deferred tax assets.



As of December 31, 2016 , the Company’s deferred tax assets were generated primarily from the federal and state net operating loss, stock based compensation and research and development tax credits.  In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management determined that it is more likely than not that none of the deferred tax assets will be realized.  Therefore, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 .  



As of December 31, 2016 and 20 15, the Company had net deferred tax assets before its valuation allowance of approximately $ 50   million and $ 45 million , respectively

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Company did not utilize its prior years’ net operating loss carryforwards.   As of December 31, 2016 , eMagin has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $125.7 million and $7.6 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards are approximately $2. 2 million. The federal net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards will expire as follows:





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Net

 

 

Research and

 



 

 

Operating

 

 

Development

 



 

 

Losses

 

 

Tax Credits

 



 

(in thousands)

 

2018-2021

 

$

44,639 

 

$

809 

 

2022-2025

 

 

42,814 

 

 

 -

 

2026-2036

 

 

38,294 

 

 

1,387 

 



 

$

125,747 

 

$

2,196 

 



F- 14  

 


 

The utilization of net operating losses is subject to a limitation due to the change of ownership provisions under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such limitation may result in the expiration of the net operating losses before their utilization. The Company has done an analysis regarding prior year ownership changes, and it has been determined that the Section 382 limitation on the utilization of net operating losses will currently not materially affect the Company's ability to utilize its net operating losses.

 

The difference between the statutory federal income tax rate on the Company's pre-tax loss and the Company's effective income tax rate is summarized as follows: 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the Years Ended

 



 

December 31,

 



 

2016

 

2015

 

U.S. Federal income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

 

 

34 

%

 

34 

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(37)

 

 

(36)

 

Credits

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

 

 -

%

 

 -

%

 

The Company did no t have unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2016 and 2015 .  The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Company recognized no interest and penalties.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, California, Florida, New York and Massachusetts.  Due to the Company's operating losses, all tax years remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject .

 

Note 9 – Shareholders’ Equity 



Preferred Stock - Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“the Preferred Stock – Series B”) 



The Company has designated 10,000 shares of the Company’s preferred stock as Preferred Stock – Series B at a stated value of $1,000 per share.  The Preferred Stock – Series B is convertible into common stock at a conversion price of $0.75 per share.   The holders of the Preferred Stock – Series B are not entitled to receive dividends unless the Company’s Board of Directors declare a dividend for holders of the Company’s common stock and then the dividend shall be equal to the amount that such holder would have been entitled to receive if the holder converted its Preferred Stock – Series B into shares of the Company’s common stock.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the Preferred Stock – Series B is entitled to receive liquidation preference before the Common Stock.  The Company may at its option redeem the Preferred Stock – Series B by providing the required notice to the holders of the Preferred Stock – Series B and paying an amount equal to $1,000 multiplied by the number of shares for all of such holder’s shares of outstanding Preferred Stock – Series B to be redeemed.



As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there were 5,659   shares of Preferred Stock – Series B issued and outstanding. 



Common Stock  



On December 17, 2015 , the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company sold and issued 3,999,996 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value of $0.001 per share, at a price of $1.50 per share.  The net proceeds received after expenses were $5.5 million. In connection with the sale of the shares, the Company isssued warrants to purchase an additional 2,600,000 shares of common stock exercisable at a price of $2.05 per share beginning June 23, 2016 and expiring on June 23, 2021



On September 3, 2015 , the Company entered into an at the Market Offering Agreement (the “agreement”) with an investment bank as sales agent, pursuant to which the Company was to offer and sell shares of its common stock h aving an aggregate offering price of up to $4,500,000. The agreement was terminated effective December 17, 2015 .   As of December 17, 2015, the Company sold 100,716 shares at sales prices ranging from $2.25 to $2.49 per share, resulting in $90 thousand in net proceeds. 



The Company received approximately $45 thousand and $267 thousand f rom the exercise of 21,912 and 254,351 stock options during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  



In August 2011, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase plan authorizing us to repurchase our common stock not to exceed $2.5 million in total value.   No shares were repurchased subsequent September 2012.  As of December 31, 2016 ,   authorization to repurchase $2.0 million in value of our common stock remained under this plan.



F- 15  

 


 

Warrant Transaction s



On August 18, 2016, we entered into letter agreements with certain of our warrant holders pursuant to which such warrant holders agreed to exercise warrants to purchase a total of 2,216,500 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $2.05 per share, which they acquired in December 2015.



On August 24, 2016, in consideration for the exercise of the 2,216,500 warrant shares, we issued new common stock purchase warrants (the “New Warrants”) to purchase 2,947,949 shares of our common stock which is equal to 133% of the 2,216,500 warrant shares exercised. The New Warrants have an exercise price of $2.60 per share , and are   not exercisable for six  m onths from the date of issuance, and have a term of five and a half years from the issuance date.



We raised approximately $4.3 million in net proceeds from the transaction, which will be used for general corporate purposes.



The issuance of the New Warrants was exempt from federal and state registration requirements.   During 2016 , the Company file d a resale registration statement to register the shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the New Warrants.



At December 31 , 2016 , there were New Warrants outstanding to purchase 2,947,949 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share , which expire in February 202 2 .  In addition, warrants to purchase 383,500 shares remaining from the December 2015 issuance were outstanding at December 31 , 2016 at an exercise price of $2.05 per share , which expire in June 2021 .

 

Note 10 Stock Compensation 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

In 2005, the shareholders approved the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).  The ESPP provides the Company’s employees with the opportunity to purchase common stock through payroll deductions. Employees may purchase stock semi-annually at a price that is 85% of the fair market value at certain plan-defined dates. At December 31, 2016 , the number of shares of common stock available for issuance was 300,000 .  As of December 31, 2016 , the plan had not been implemented.

 

Incentive compensation plans 

 

The Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Plan”) provided for grants of shares of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants.   The 2003 Plan terminated July 2, 2013.  No additional options can be granted from the plan though options granted before the 2003 Plan terminated may be exercised until the grant expires.  



The 2008 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2008 Plan”) adopted and approved by the Board of Directors on November 5, 2008 provides for  grants of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants.  The 2008 Plan has an aggregate of 2 million shares.  In 2016 ,   there were 221,024 options granted from the 2008 Plan.

   

The 2011 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2011 Plan”) was approved by the Company’s shareholders on November 3, 2011.  The 2011 Plan provides for grants of common stock and options to purchase common stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants.  The Board of Directors reserved 1.4 million shares of common stock for issuance under the 2011 Plan. On June 7, 2012, at the Company’s Annual Meeting, the shareholders approved an Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Stock Plan which eliminated the evergreen provision and prohibits the repricing or exchange of stock options without shareholder approval. In 2016 , there were 458,000 options granted from the 2011 Plan.



The 2013 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2013 Plan”) adopted and approved by the shareholders on May 17, 2013 provides for grants of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants.   The 2013 Plan has an aggregate of 1.5 million shares.  In 2016 , there were 63 1 ,0 73 options granted from this plan.



During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company granted options to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock to employees, that are subject to approval of a 2017 plan by the shareholders at the next annual meeting.



F- 16  

 


 

Vesting terms of the options range from immediate vesting to a ratable vesting period of 5 years. Option activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is summarized as follows: 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted Average Exercise Price

 

Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (In Years)

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

 

4,218,139 

 

 

$

3.75 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

1,435,097 

 

 

 

2.45 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(21,912)

 

 

 

2.10 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options forfeited

 

 

(52,781)

 

 

 

2.02 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options cancelled or expired

 

 

(522,802)

 

 

 

7.44 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

5,055,741 

 

 

$

3.00 

 

 

4.46 

 

$

875,225 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016 (1)

 

 

5,035,622 

 

 

$

3.00 

 

 

4.46 

 

$

875,030 

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

 

 

4,049,888 

 

 

$

3.08 

 

 

4.01 

 

$

865,475 

  (1) The expected to vest options are the result of applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumptions to total unvested options. 



At December 31, 2016 , there were 108,428 shares available for grant under the 2013, 2011, and 2008 Plans.



The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the quoted price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2016 for the options that were in-the-money.  As of December 31, 2016 there were   1,824,351 option s that were in-the-money.   The Company’s closing stock price was $2.15 as of December 31, 2016 . The Company issues new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options.  The intrinsic value of the 2016 options exercised was $7 thousand.     



Stock- based compensation

 

The Company uses the fair value method of accounting for share-based compensation arrangements. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.  Stock-based compensation expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures and is amortized over the vesting period using the straight-line method. 

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of non-cash stock-based compensation to the Company’s expense categories for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 201 5 (in thousands): 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

For the Year Ended

 

 



 

December 31,

 

 



 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

$

25 

 

 

$

51 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

164 

 

 

 

118 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

582 

 

 

 

437 

 

 

Total stock compensation expense

 

$

771 

 

 

$

606 

 

 



At December 31, 2016 , total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options was approximately $1.0 million, net of estimated forfeitures.  Total unrecognized compensation cost will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.1 years.   

 

F- 17  

 


 

The following key assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options granted: 





 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

For the Year Ended

 



 

December 31,

 



2016

 

2015

 



 

 

Dividend yield

 

 %

 

 %

Risk free interest rates

 

0.71-1.41

 %

 

0.84 1.56

 %

Expected  volatility

 

49.1 to 59.4

 %

 

51.2 to 63.9

 %

Expected term (in years)

 

3.5 to 5.0

 

 

3.5 to 5.0    

 

 

The weighted average fair value per share for options granted in 2016 and 201 5 was $ 1.00   and $1.17 , respectively.  



There w ere   no dividend s declared or paid in 2016 or 2015. Though the Company paid a special one-time dividend in 2012, the Company does not expect to pay dividends in the near future ; therefore , it used an expected dividend yield of 0% .  The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model is based on the implied yield at the time of grant available on U.S. Treasury securities with an equivalent term.   Expected volatility is based on the weighted average historical volatility of the Company’s common stock for the equivalent term.  The expected term of options represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and was determined based on historical experience and vesting schedules of similar awards. 

 

Note 11 – Commitments and Contingencies 

 

Operating Leases  

 

The Company leases office facilities and office, lab and factory equipment under operating leases.  Certain leases provide for payments of monthly operating expenses. The Company currently has lease commitments for space in Hopewell Junction, New York , Santa Clara, California and Bellevue, Washington.    



The Company’s corporate headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located in Hopewell Junction, New York.  The Company leases approximately 37,000 square feet to house its equipment for OLED microdisplay fabrication , for research and development, and for  administrative offices. The lease expires in May 20 24 . The Company leases approximately 2,000 square feet of office space for design and product development in Santa Clara, California and the lease expires in October 2017 .   In Bellevue, Washington, eMagin leases approximately 1,800 square feet of office space for administrative offices and the lease expires in October 2017 .   

 

Rent expense was approximately $1.0 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 201 5 , respectively.  The future minimum lease payments for the years 2017   through   2023 are $0.9 million annually and for 20 24 ,   $0.4 million.

 

Equipment Purchase Commitments  

 

The Company has committed to equipment purchases of approximately $0.6 million at December 31, 2016 .



Employee benefit plans

 

eMagin has a defined contribution plan (the 401(k) Plan) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which is available to all employees who meet established eligibility requirements. Employee contributions are generally limited to 15% of the employee's compensation. Under the provisions of the 401(k) Plan, eMagin may match a portion of the participating employees' contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 201 5, there was no employer match



Employment and separation agreements



On September 14, 2015, Jeffrey P. Lucas was elected to serve as eMagin’s Chief Financial Officer by the Company’s Board of Directors.  Pursuant to an offer letter, Mr. Lucas (i) is paid a base salary of $345,000 ; (ii) is eligible for a bonus of up to 20% of his base salary based on the Company’s performance; (iii) was granted options to purchase 75,000 shares at a exercise price of $2.50 with a term of 5 years and vesting over 3 years; (iv) has a relocation allowance of $13 thousand; and (v) in the event of termination, will receive severance pay equal to 6 months of Mr. Lucas’s salary at the time of termination.



F- 18  

 


 

Effective September 14, 2015, Paul C. Campbell resigned as Chief Financial Officer.  Mr. Campbell and eMagin entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release in which the Company agreed to pay the remainder of the compensation, $103 thousand, due to Mr. Campbell under his employment agreement and an additional six months of Mr. Campbell’s base salary, $168 thousand, paid on June 30, 2016. These amounts were expensed in the quarter ended September 30, 2015.



Litigation



From time to time, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for losses related to litigation when a potential loss is probable and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine the probability that a liability has been incurred and whether such liability is reasonably estimable. All estimates are based on the best information available at the time which can be highly subjective.



On May 5, 2015, Kimchuk, Inc. (“Kimchuk”), a former supplier, commenced action against the Company in the U.S. District Court, District of Connecticut, asserting breach of contract and seeking to recover approximately $389,000 in alleged damages. The Company filed its response and counter-complaint on August 11, 2015 wherein the Company denied the material allegations asserted by Kimchuk and sought approximately $3.5 million in damages from Kimchuk.  The Company recorded an accrual for the litigation and estimated settlement in the quarter ended September 30, 2015 .



On June 1, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with Kimchuk whereby, eMagin paid Kimchuk   $227,000 ,   and Kimchuk agreed to dismiss the matter, provide parts and material to eMagin and settle outstanding accounts payable. The Company did not incur any additional settlement expense during 2016.



During 2015, the Company received a letter from an attorney representing a former employee claiming damages for age discrimination and wrongful termination.  In September 2016, this former employee commenced action against the Company in Superior Court for the State of Washington. In February 2017, the former employee’s counsel sent a discovery request to the Company.  The Company believes the assertions contained in this action are baseless and without merit and will defend its position vigorously. 

 

Note 12 Concentrations      



The following is a schedule of revenue by geographic location (in thousands):  





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Year Ended



 

 

December 31,



 

 

2016

 

 

2015



 

 

 

North and South America

 

 

$

12,664 

 

 

$

16,182 

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

 

 

 

7,293 

 

 

 

6,950 

Asia Pacific

 

 

 

1,440 

 

 

 

2,010 

Total

 

 

$

21,397 

 

 

$

25,142 







 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Year Ended

 



 

 

December 31,

 



 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 



 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

 

 

58 

%

 

 

63 

%

International

 

 

 

42 

%

 

 

37 

%



The Company purchases principally all of its silicon wafers from   two suppliers   supplier located in Taiwan   and Korea, respectively.   



In 2016 , there w as one   customer that accounted for 11 % of total   revenue s   and 4 % of accounts rec eivable as of December 31, 2016.   In   2015 , there were 2 customers that accounted for   12% and 11% of   total revenue s and 5%   and zero , respectively ,   of accounts receivable at December 31, 2015.  

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there were ten customers who comprised 6 5 % and 62% , respectively, of accounts receivable. At December 31,   2016 , the Company had 2 customer s that accounted for 1 7 % and 12% of accounts receivable and ,   at December 31,   2015 ,   one customer that accounted for 12% of accounts receivable.

 

F- 19  

 


 

Note 13 – Q uarterly   F inancial  I nformation (U naudited )

 

Summarized quarterly financial information for 201 6 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands except share data):





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Quarters Ended



 

 

March 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,



 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

Revenues

 

$

7,001 

 

$

5,533 

 

$

4,305 

 

$

4,558 

Gross profit

 

$

3,335 

 

$

1,335 

 

$

1,282 

 

$

490 

Net (loss) income before income tax

 

$

14 

 

$

(2,164)

 

$

(2,430)

 

$

(3,468)

Net (loss) income

 

$

14 

 

$

(2,164)

 

$

(2,431)

 

$

(3,468)

Net (loss) income per share - basic

 

$

 -

 

$

(0.07)

 

$

(0.08)

 

$

(0.11)

Net (loss) income per share - diluted

 

$

 -

 

$

(0.07)

 

$

(0.08)

 

$

(0.11)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic

 

 

29,388,104 

 

 

29,388,104 

 

 

30,292,166 

 

 

31,623,334 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

29,637,804 

 

 

29,388,104 

 

 

30,292,166 

 

 

31,623,334 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Quarters Ended



 

 

March 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,



 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

Revenues

 

$

5,989 

 

$

7,034 

 

$

5,405 

 

$

6,714 

Gross profit

 

$

2,360 

 

$

2,608 

 

$

1,106 

 

$

904 

Net (loss) income before income tax

 

$

320 

 

$

(66)

 

$

(2,234)

 

$

(2,125)

Net (loss) income

 

$

320 

 

$

(66)

 

$

(2,234)

 

$

(2,125)

Net (loss) income per share - basic

 

$

0.01 

 

$

 —

 

$

(0.09)

 

$

(0.08)

Net (loss) income per share - diluted

 

$

0.01 

 

$

 —

 

$

(0.09)

 

$

(0.08)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic

 

 

25,041,380 

 

 

25,142,371 

 

 

25,287,849 

 

 

25,712,562 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

25,747,631 

 

 

25,142,371 

 

 

25,287,849 

 

 

25,712,562 



 

Note 1 4 Subsequent Events  

 

On March 2 4 , 2017, the Company entered into an unsecured debt financing arrangement with Stillwater Trust LLC, an investor who with affiliates   collectively control approximately   46% of the Company’s outstanding common stock.   Under the financing agreement, the Company may borrow , through June 30, 2018 , up to $2 million for general working capital purposes and up to an additional $3 million should the Company’s lender not provide borrowing availability under its normal terms and conditions through its ABL facility.   The agreement expires and borrowings become due upon the earlier of June 30, 2020 ; the completion of one or a series of equity financings which raise collectively $5 million or greater of gross proceeds ; or an event of default, as defined in the agreement.  Amounts borrowed under the financing agreement, once repaid, cannot be reborrowed.



The amounts draw n on the line accrue interest at 6% per annum payable at maturity, and are subject to a n   upfront drawdown fee of 2% of the amount drawn and a quarterly interest surcharge of 2%   paid upfront and due commencing on the 180 -day anniversary of each draw regardless of whether the draw is still outstanding and then a 2% quarterly interest surcharge until the draws are repaid. In connection with the financing commitment, the investor received a $50,000 commitment fee and a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $ 2.25 per share, the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date the arrangement was executed.  In the event the Company does not raise at least $5 million in gross proceeds from an equity offering within 180 days of the first draw on the facility, it will be required to file a registered rights offering with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 45 days of the 180-day period to all holders of securities of the Company.  In connection with the facility, the Company, its lender and the investor entered into an intercreditor agreement.



Mr. Christopher Brody, a member of the Company’s board of directors, is also the President and Managing Director of Stillwater Holdings LLC and is the Vice President of Stillwater Trust LLC, which is the Company ’s largest stockholder. The decision of Stillwater Trust LLC to enter into the financing arrangement was made independently of Mr. Brody and the financing was not required or suggested by Mr. Brody. The terms of the financing were determined solely by negotiation among the Company and Stillwater Trust LLC. Mr. Brody did not participate in the deliberations of the Company’s board of directors or the special committee of the Company’s board formed to review the terms of the financing with respect to the approval of the financing and abstained from voting thereon.

 



F- 20  

 


EXHIBIT 10.31



ROSENTHAL & ROSENTHAL, INC.



Financing Agreement



AGREEMENT dated December 29, 2016 between eMagin Corporation (sometimes known as “Emagin Corporation”) (“ Borrower ”), a corporation duly organized and presently existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware whose chief executive office is at 2070 Route 52, Hopewell Junction, NY , and ROSENTHAL & ROSENTHAL, INC. (“ Lender” ), a New York corporation with an address at 1370 Broadway, New York NY 10018.



Borrower desires to obtain loans and other financial accommodations from Lender on a revolving basis upon the security of the Collateral (as herein defined). Now, therefore, Borrower and Lender agree as follows.

 



1.

DEFINITIONS



As used in this Agreement, these terms shall have the following meanings which shall be applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.



1.1. “Account Debtor” shall mean the account debtor with respect to a Receivable and any other person who is obligated on such Receivable.

1.2. “Affiliate” of a party shall mean any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the party, and the term "controlling" and such variations thereof shall mean ownership of a majority of the voting power of a party.

1.3.   Business Day shall mean a day on which Lender and major banks in New York City are open for the regular transaction of business.

1.4. Certifying Officers ” shall mean, respectively, and/or collectively, Jeffrey P. Lucas and Andrew Sculley, each of whom has concurrently hereto executed and delivered a certificate in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and any replacement Certifying Officer, satisfactory to Lender.

1.5. Closing Date shall mean the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

1.6. Collateral shall have the meaning given in Section 4 hereof.

1.7. Collateral Documents shall mean any and all security agreements, deposit account control agreements and other documents executed and delivered to Lender to secure the Obligations.

1.8. Current Assets shall mean, at a particular date, all amounts which would, in conformity with GAAP, be included under current assets on a balance sheet of Borrower, as at such date, including but not limited to (i) cash and cash equivalents, (ii) accounts, (iii) inventory; and (iv) prepaid current assets of Borrower provided however, that such amounts shall not include any amounts for any indebtedness owing by any Affiliate to Borrower.

1.9. “Current Liabilities” shall mean, at a particular date, all amounts which would, in conformity with GAAP, be included under current liabilities on a balance sheet of Borrower, as at such date, but in any event including, without duplications, the amounts of (a) all indebtedness payable on demand, or at the option of the person or entity to whom such indebtedness is owed, not more than twelve

 

 


 

(12) months after such date, (b) any payments in respect of any indebtedness (whether installment, serial maturity, sinking fund payment or otherwise) required to be made not more than twelve (12) months after such date, (c) all reserves in respect of liabilities or indebtedness payable on demand or, at the option of the person or entity to whom such indebtedness is owed, not more than twelve (12) months after such date, the validity which is not contested to such date, and (d) all accruals for federal or other taxes measured by income payable within twelve (12) months of such date.

1.10. “Event(s) of Default shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1 hereof.

1.11. “Effective Rate” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.1 hereof.

1.12. “Eligible Inventory” shall mean Inventory consisting of only finished goods owned by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business in which Lender holds a perfected security interest pursuant to the terms hereof, ranking prior to and free and clear of all interests, claims and rights of others, and has received agreements executed by any landlords and bailees where such Inventory may be located in accordance with Section 6.15 hereof, and which is and at all times shall continue to be acceptable to Lender in all respects. Standards of eligibility may be fixed and revised from time to time solely by Lender in its exclusive judgment. In determining eligibility, Lender may, but need not, rely on certificates of inventory and reports furnished by Borrower, but reliance thereon by Lender from time to time shall not be deemed to limit Lender's right to revise standards of eligibility at any time. In general, Inventory shall not be deemed eligible unless it complies in all respects with the representations, covenants and warranties hereinafter set forth, made by Borrower with respect thereto and meets all standards imposed by any governmental agency or authority.

1.13. “Eligible Receivables”   shall mean Receivables created by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business which have been validly assigned to Lender as security and in which Lender holds a perfected security interest pursuant to the terms hereof ranking prior to and free and clear of all interests, claims, and rights of others and which are and at all times shall continue to be acceptable to Lender in all other respects. Standards of eligibility may be fixed and revised from time to time solely by Lender in its exclusive judgment. In determining eligibility Lender may, but need not, rely on ageings, reports and schedules of Receivables furnished by Borrower, but reliance thereon by Lender from time to time shall not be deemed to limit Lender's right to revise standards of eligibility at any time. In general, a Receivable shall not be deemed eligible unless the Receivable complies with the Minimum Receivable Eligibility Requirements and the Account Debtor on such Receivable is and at all times continues to be acceptable to Lender and unless each Receivable complies in all respects with the representations, covenants and warranties hereinafter set forth and in the event such Receivable arises from the sale of goods and services, such goods and services meet all standards imposed by any governmental agency or authority; provided, however, that any Receivables owing to Borrower by Rockwell Collins, Inc., whether now existing or hereafter created shall not be “Eligible Receivables” at any time they are subject to a lien in favor of Citibank, N.A., as evidenced by a Uniform Commercial Code UCC-1 Financing Statement filed with the Delaware Department of State, filing number 20101331523.

1.14. “Equipment shall mean equipment as now or hereafter defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

1.15. “ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

1.16. “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the elements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination consistently applied.

 

2

 


 

1.17. “Inventory” shall mean inventory as now or hereafter defined in Article 9 of the UCC.

1.18. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

1.19. “Lease” and “Leased Premises” shall have the meanings given in Section 9.1 hereof.

1.20. “Loan Account” shall mean the Loan Account as described in Section 2.2 hereof.

1.21. Loan Availability shall have the meaning given in Section 2.1 hereof.

1.22. “Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and each guaranty, certificate, agreement, or document now or hereafter executed by Borrower, Certifying Officers or any future guarantors and delivered to Lender in connection with the foregoing, or as they may be amended.

1.23. “Margin” shall mean three percent (3%) per annum.

1.24. Material Adverse Effect ”   shall mean a fact, occurrence, act or omission pending or applying to the Borrower, any subsidiary of the Borrower or any of their assets, or which in the opinion of Lender, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, the impairment of the Borrower ’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any loan document to which it is a party, the ability of the Lender to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral, or w ould have a material adverse effect on the value of the Collateral or the amount that Lender would likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in th e liquidation of the Collateral.

1.25. Maximum Credit Facility” shall mean $5,000,000.

1.26. “Maximum Rate” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.2 hereof.

1.27. “Minimum Receivable Eligibility Requirements” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.3 hereof.

1.28. “Net Amount of Eligible Receivables” shall mean the gross amount of Eligible Receivables less sales, excise or similar taxes, returns, discounts, claims, credits and allowances of any nature at any time issued, owing, granted, outstanding or claimed, and less (without duplication) all amounts payable by any Account Debtor on Eligible Receivables of such Account Debtor that are unpaid (i) more than 90 days following its invoice date   arising from sales made to domestic or foreign customers; and (ii) more than 50 days following its invoice date arising from sales made to contract research and development customers.

1.29. “Obligations” shall mean all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of Borrower to Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, however evidenced, arising under this Agreement, any other Loan Document (whether by reason of extension of credit, guaranty, indemnity or otherwise), or under any other or supplemental financing provided to Borrower by Lender or an Affiliate of Lender, or independent hereof or thereof, whether now existing or incurred from time to time hereafter and whether before or after termination hereof, absolute or contingent, joint or several, matured or unmatured, direct or indirect, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether arising directly or acquired from others (whether acquired outright, by assignment unconditionally or as collateral security from another and including participations or interest of Lender in obligations of Borrower to others), and including (without limitation) all of Lender's charges, commissions, fees, interest, expenses, costs and reasonable attorneys' fees, whether incurred by in-house or outside counsel chargeable to Borrower in connection therewith.

 

3

 


 

1.30. “Over-advance” shall mean any portion of all loans and advances which on any day exceeds the Loan Availability.

1.31. Permitted Liens means the liens of Lender granted under the Loan Documents and any other liens, if any, described on the attached Exhibit A.

1.32. Person” shall mean any person, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, company, trust, estate, custodian, nominee or other individual or entity.

1.33. “Prime Rate” shall mean the prime rate from time to time publicly announced in New York City by JPMorgan Chase Bank.

1.34. “Receivables” shall mean all obligations to Borrower for the payment of money arising out of the sale of goods or services by Borrower, now existing or hereafter arising, however evidenced, including all accounts, contract rights, general intangibles ( but   shall   ex clude tradenames, trademarks, tradestyles, service marks, copyrights and patents) documents, chattel paper and instruments (as each of such terms is now or hereafter defined in the UCC).

1.35. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

1.36. “Tangible Net Worth” shall mean, at a particular date (a) the aggregate amount of all assets of Borrower as may be properly classified as such in accordance with GAAP consistently applied excluding such other assets as are properly classified as intangible assets under GAAP, less (b) the aggregate amount of all liabilities of Borrower (excluding subordinated liabilities to Lender) determined in accordance with GAAP. 

1.37. “Working Capital” shall mean the excess, if any, of Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

1.38. UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York, provided, however, that in the event by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection, or priority of Lender’s security interest in any of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.



2.

LOANS; Eligibility of Receivables



2.1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender shall make loans to Borrower from time to time, at Borrower's request, which loans in the aggregate shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Maximum Credit Facility; or (B) the Loan Availability, (the “ Loan Availability ”) which means the sum of (i) up to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Net Amount of Eligible Receivables arising from sales made by Borrower to customers located in the United States; plus (ii) the lesser of (x) up to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Net Amount of Eligible Receivables arising from sales made by Borrower to customers located outside of the United States, provided that such Receivables are subject to credit insurance acceptable and assigned to Lender and (y) $2,000,000; plus (iii) the lesser of (x) up to eighty five percent (85%) of the Net Amount of Eligible Receivables arising from contract research and development and (y) $700,000, plus (iv) the lesser of (x) up to fifty percent (50%) of the lower of cost or market value of Eligible Inventory; and (y) $2,000,000, minus such reserves as Lender may deem, in its sole discretion, to be necessary from time to time in good faith thereby reducing the amount of advances which would otherwise be available to Borrower hereunder to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Lender

 

4

 


 

(XX) would have or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (YY) to reflect Lender’s good faith belief that any Collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Lender is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect or (ZZ) in respect of any state of facts that Lender determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.  The Loan Availability may be reduced as Lender may deem in its discretion to be necessary from time to time to the extent that Lender determines in good faith that (AA) the dilution with respect to the Receivables for any period (based on the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of reductions in Receivables other than as a result of payments in cash to (b) the aggregate amount of total sales) has increased in any material respect or may be reasonably anticipated to increase in any material respect above historical levels, or (BB) the general creditworthiness of any Account Debtors has declined, or  (CC) the number of days of the turnover of the Inventory for any period has changed in any material respect, or (DD) the liquidation value of the Eligible Inventory, or any category thereof, has decreased, or (EE) the nature and quality of the Inventory has deteriorated.

2.2. The making of any loan in excess of the percentages set forth above shall not be deemed to modify such percentages or create any obligation to make any further such loan. All loans (and all other amounts chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement or any supplement hereto) shall be charged to a Loan Account (the “ Loan Account ”) in Borrower's name on Lender's books. Lender shall render to Borrower each month a statement of the Loan Account (and all credits and charges thereto) which shall be considered correct and accepted by Borrower and conclusively binding upon Borrower as an account stated except for manifest error to the extent that Lender receives a written notice by registered mail of Borrower's exceptions within 30 days after such statement has been rendered to Borrower.

2.3. A Receivable meets the Minimum Receivable Eligibility Requirements (the “ Minimum Eligibility Requirements ”) if the Receivable arose from bona fide completed transactions and has not remained unpaid for more than the number of days after the invoice date set forth in Section 1.28 ;   the amount of the Receivable reported to Lender is absolutely owing to Borrower and payment is not conditional or contingent, (such as consignments, guaranteed sales or right of return or other similar terms); the Account Debtor's chief executive office or principal place of business is located in the United States; and if outside the United States, the Receivable is subject to credit insurance on such terms and conditions as Lender shall require;  the Receivable did not arise from progress billings (other than progress billings arising from contract research and development), retainages or bill and hold sales; there are no contra relationships, setoffs, counterclaims or disputes existing with respect thereto and there are no other facts existing or threatened which would impair or delay the collectability of all or any portion thereof, except, in each such case, as disclosed to Lender and deducted from the amount of the Receivable; the goods giving rise thereto were not at the time of the sale subject to any liens except those permitted in this Agreement; the Account Debtor is not an Affiliate of Borrower;  there has been compliance with the Assignment of Claims Act or similar State or local law, if applicable, if the Account Debtor is the United States or any domestic governmental unit; Borrower has delivered to Lender such documents as Lender may have requested pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof in connection with such Receivable and Lender shall have received verifications of such Receivable, satisfactory to it, if sent to the Account Debtor or any other obligors or any bailees; there are no facts existing or threatened which might result in any adverse change in the Account Debtor's financial condition; not more than 50% of the Receivables of the Account Debtor or its Affiliates owed to Borrower are more than (x) 90 days past their invoice date, for Receivables arising from sales made to domestic or foreign customers and (y) 50 days past their invoice date, for Receivables arising from sales made to contract research and development customers; the total indebtedness to Borrower of the Account Debtor does not exceed the amount of any customer credit limits as reasonably established from time to time on notice to Borrower; the Account Debtor is deemed

 

5

 


 

creditworthy at all times by Lender; and all representations and warranties in this Agreement or any other Loan Document with respect to such Receivable are true and correct.



3.

LENDER'S CHARGES



3.1. Borrower agrees to pay to Lender each month interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) (a) on that portion of the average daily balances in the Loan Account during the preceding month that does not exceed the Loan Availability at a rate per annum (the Effective Rate ) equal to the Prime Rate plus the Margin and (b) on the amount of Over-advances, if any, at a rate of 3% per annum in excess of the Effective Rate. Any change in the effective interest rates due to a change in the Prime Rate shall take effect on the date of such change in the Prime Rate provided, that, with respect to Lender’s charges, no decrease in the Prime Rate below 3.5% per annum shall be given any effect.

3.2. Borrower shall pay a facility fee payable (i) on the Closing Date to Lender, in the amount of two percent (2%) of the Maximum Credit Facility (of which, half will be remitted by Lender to Michael Nedder); and (ii) on the anniversary of such date in each succeeding year, in the amount of one percent (1%) of the Maximum Credit Facility.

3.3. Borrower shall pay to Lender monthly an administration fee of $1,000 payable in arrears on the first day of each month with respect to the prior month for the stated term of this Agreement.

3.4. A statement of all of Lender's charges shall accompany each monthly statement of the Loan Account and such charges shall be payable by Borrower within 5 days after receipt of such statement. In lieu of the separate payment of charges, Lender at its option, shall have the right to debit the amount of such charges to Borrower's Loan Account, which charges shall be deemed to be first paid by amounts subsequently credited to the Loan Account. Borrower agrees that the minimum charges payable by Borrower to Lender each month under Section 3.1 hereof shall be $2,000.  As more fully provided in Section 10.2 hereof, in no event shall the interest charges hereunder exceed the Maximum Rate.



4.

SECURITY INTEREST IN COLLATERAL



As security for the prompt performance, observance and payment in full of all of the Obligations, Borrower grants to Lender a security interest in, a continuing lien upon and a right of setoff against, and Borrower hereby assigns, transfers, pledges and sets over to Lender as security (collectively, including any other assets of Borrower in which Lender may be granted a security interest under any Loan Document, the Collateral ): (i) all Receivables (whether or not Eligible Receivables and whether or not specifically listed on any schedules, assignments or reports furnished to Lender) (ii) all of Borrower's property, and the proceeds thereof, now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to Lender or held by others for Lender's account, including any and all deposits, balances, sums and credits of Borrower with, and any and all claims of Borrower against, Lender, at any time existing, (iii) all credit insurance policies, and all other insurance and all guarantees relating to the Receivables or other Collateral, (iv) all books, records and other general intangibles evidencing or relating to Receivables or other Collateral and the computer hardware and software and media containing such books and records; all deposits, or other security for the obligation of any person under or relating to Receivables, all of the Borrower's rights and remedies of whatever kind or nature it may hold or acquire for the purpose of securing or enforcing Receivables; all right, title and interest of the Borrower in and to all goods relating to, or which by sale have resulted in, Receivables, including goods returned by or reclaimed or repossessed from Account Debtors and all goods described in copies of invoices delivered by Borrower to Lender; all rights of stoppage in transit, replevin, repossession and

 

6

 


 

reclamation and all other rights and remedies of an unpaid vendor or lienor, and all proceeds of any Letter of Credit naming Borrower as beneficiary and which provides for, guarantees or assures the payment of any Receivable; (v) all accounts, instruments, chattel paper, documents, general intangibles ( but excluding all rights in intellectual property, including all rights in tradenames, trademarks, tradestyles, service marks, know how copyrights and patents and applications therefor) , deposit accounts, investment property and letter of credit rights, whether or not arising out of the sale of goods or rendition of services, and including choses in action, causes of action, tax refunds (and claims), and reversions from terminated pension plans; (vi) all of Borrower’s Inventory and Equipment; and (vii) all proceeds of such Collateral, in any form, including cash, non-cash items, checks, notes, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money. Such security interest in favor of Lender shall continue during the term of this Agreement and until indefeasible payment in full of all Obligations, whether or not this Agreement shall have sooner terminated.



4.1. At Lender's request, Borrower will provide Lender with confirmatory assignment schedules in form  reasonably satisfactory to Lender, copies of customers' invoices, evidence of shipment or delivery, and such further information as Lender may reasonably require. Borrower will take any and all steps and observe such formalities as Lender may reasonably request from time to time to create and maintain in Lender's favor a valid and first lien upon, security interest in and pledge of all of Borrower's Receivables and all other Collateral, including executing all documents that may be requested by Lender to maintain such security interest in and pledge of the Collateral. Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to file any Financing Statements under the UCC, and renewals and amendments thereof, whether before or after an Event of Default, naming Borrower as debtor that are necessary to perfect and maintain the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower agrees to take all steps necessary to allow Lender to comply with any Federal or state statute, which, in Lender’s judgment, if not complied with, might afford to any Person an interest in the Collateral that would be superior to Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.



5.

CUSTODY AND INSPECTION OF COLLATERAL AND RECORDS;

COLLECTION AND HANDLING OF COLLATERAL



5.1. Borrower shall instruct all customers to remit payments on Receivables to a lockbox controlled by Lender and maintained at Borrower’s expense. Borrower will execute and deliver six (6) originals of the notice in the form of Annex A on its letterhead to be used by Lender as set forth in Section 8.1(d) hereof.  Borrower will, at its own expense and on Lender's behalf, collect as Lender's Collateral and in trust for Lender all payments and prepayments on Receivables which for any reason are not remitted by customers to the lockbox, and shall not commingle such collections with Borrower's own funds. As to all moneys so collected, including all prepayments by customers, Borrower shall on the day received remit all such collections to Lender in the form received by depositing such collections into the lockbox. All amounts collected on Receivables when received by Lender shall be credited to Borrower's Loan Account, adding one (1) Business Day for collection and clearance of remittances sent by wire transfer and three (3) Business Days for collection and clearance of all other remittances. Such credits shall be conditional upon final payment to Lender. Nothing contained in this Section 5.1 , or otherwise in this Agreement, shall be deemed to limit Lender's rights and powers pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement.

5.2. All records, ledger sheets, correspondence, contracts, documentation and computer hardware and software and media relating to or evidencing Receivables or containing information relating to the Receivables shall, until delivered to Lender or removed by Lender from Borrower's premises, be kept on Borrower's premises, without cost to Lender, in appropriate containers in safe places. Lender shall at all reasonable times have full access to and the right to examine and make copies of Borrower's books and

 

7

 


 

records, and shall have full access to Borrower’s computer information systems, to confirm and verify all Receivables assigned to Lender and to do whatever else Lender deems necessary to protect its interest. Lender may at any time after and during the continuance of any Event of Default remove from Borrower's premises, or require Borrower to deliver any contracts, documentation, files and records relating to Receivables, and any computer hardware, software and media containing information relating to the Receivables or Lender may, without cost or expense to Lender, use such of Borrower's personnel, supplies, computer information systems and space at Borrower's places of business as may be reasonably necessary for collection of Receivables.

5.3. Borrower will promptly following obtaining knowledge thereof report to Lender all reclaimed, repossessed or returned merchandise, Account Debtor claims and any other matter, which in any case affects the value, enforceability or collectability of Receivables. Any merchandise reclaimed or repossessed by or returned to Borrower, after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default will, at the cost and expense of Borrower, be set aside marked with the name of the Lender and will be held by Borrower for the account of Lender and subject to Lender's security interest. All claims and disputes relating to Receivables are to be promptly adjusted by Borrower within a reasonable time, at its own cost and expense. Lender may, at its option, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, settle, adjust or compromise claims and disputes relating to Receivables which are not adjusted by Borrower within a reasonable time.  Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may, at its option, revoke Borrower’s authority to settle or adjust disputes or to further communicate with Account Debtors.

5.4. Borrower shall reimburse Lender on demand for all costs of collection incurred by Lender in efforts to enforce payment of Receivables, recovery of or realization upon any other Collateral, including reasonable attorneys' fees (whether incurred by in-house or outside counsel) and the fees and commissions of collection agencies. All and any fees, costs and expenses, of whatever kind and nature, including taxes of any kind, which Lender may incur in filing public notices, obtaining appraisals of the Collateral, and the reasonable charges of any attorney (whether incurred by in-house or outside counsel) whom Lender may engage in preparing and filing documents, making title or lien examinations and rendering opinion letters, as well as all fees, costs and expenses incurred by Lender (including all reasonable attorneys' fees and including Lender's out of pocket expenses in conducting reasonable periodic field examinations of Borrower and the Collateral (including any costs of third-party examiners) plus Lender's prevailing per diem charge for each of its examiners in the field and office, now $950 per person per day), in administering this Agreement, protecting, preserving, enforcing or foreclosing any security interests or rights granted to Lender hereunder, whether through judicial proceedings or otherwise (including advertising costs), enforcing or collecting the Receivables, or Loan Documents, recovery of or realization upon any other Collateral, or in defending or prosecuting any actions or proceedings arising out of or related to its transactions with Borrower, including actions or proceedings that may involve any person asserting a priority or claim with respect to the Collateral, shall be borne and paid for by Borrower on demand, shall constitute part of the Obligations and may at Lender's option be charged to Borrower's Loan Account. Borrower’s obligations under this section shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.



6.

REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES



As an inducement to Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower represents, covenants and warrants (which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement) that:



6.1. Borrower is and at all times during the term of this Agreement shall be a Corporation duly organized and presently existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;  At all times

 

8

 


 

during the term of this Agreement Borrower shall be duly qualified and existing in good standing in every other state in which the nature of Borrower's business requires it to be qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Borrower is not aware, and will upon becoming aware promptly notify Lender, of any person organized under its name in another state.

6.2. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement are within the corporate powers of Borrower, have been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action and are not in contravention of the terms of Borrower's charter or by-laws or of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which Borrower is a party or by which it may be bound. Borrower is not now the subject of any pending governmental investigation or proceeding which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or of any insolvency proceeding. No receiver or custodian has been appointed for any of the property of Borrower. No consent, approval or authorization of any person, including stockholders of Borrower or any governmental or regulatory authority, that has not been obtained, is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement.   Borrower warrants that all financial statements and other reports provided to Lender prior to the Closing Date are true and correct in all material respects.

6.3. There are no pending suits which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or any Federal or state tax liens, or judgment liens against Borrower or affecting its assets, except for Permitted Liens. No assets of Borrower are subject to any liens or encumbrances except for Permitted Liens. Borrower has no employee benefit plans subject to ERISA that have accumulated funding deficiencies or liquidity shortfalls as defined and calculated under ERISA or with respect to which Borrower presently has withdrawal liability.

6.4. Borrower is and shall be, with respect to all Inventory, Equipment, intellectual property collateral, cash collateral and other Collateral, the owner thereof free from any lien, security interest or encumbrance of any kind, except for Permitted Liens.  No Receivable or any other Collateral has been or shall hereafter be assigned, pledged or transferred to any person other than the Lender or in any way encumbered or subject to a security interest except to Lender, and except for Permitted Liens, and Borrower shall defend the same against the claims of all persons.

6.5. Borrower's books and records relating to the Receivables and Collateral are and shall be maintained at the office referred to in Section 11 below (except for certain books and records located at the Borrower’s office at 11747 NE First Street, Suite 320, Bellevue, WA through March 31, 2017, which books and records are being moved to 2070 Route 52, Hopewell Junction, NY). Except as otherwise stated below, the principal executive office of Borrower is located at such address and has been so located on a continuous basis for not less than six months. Borrower shall not change such location without Lender's prior written consent, and, upon making any such change, Lender shall be authorized to file any additional financing statements or other documents or notices which may be necessary under the UCC or other applicable law and Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender any such documents requiring Borrower’s signature, failing which Lender shall be authorized to sign such documents on behalf of Borrower as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact. The listing of offices on Schedule 6.5 hereto represents all of Borrower’s domestic places of business.  Borrower shall notify Lender of the existence of any additional domestic places of business within five (5) Business Days after any such place of business is established.

6.6. All loans and advances requested by Borrower under this Agreement shall be used for the general corporate and business purposes of Borrower and in no event shall Borrower request Lender to remit a loan or advance to an account of Borrower that is used for the specific purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board); or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock in contravention of

 

9

 


 

Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board; or to the extent that any loans and advances requested by Borrower under this Agreement shall be used for paying wages of the employees of Borrower, Borrower hereby represents and warrants that it shall withhold and pay over to the applicable tax authorities any amount thereof as it shall be so required by applicable law.

6.7. Borrower shall maintain its shipping forms, invoices and other related documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to Lender and shall maintain its books, records and accounts in accordance with sound accounting practice. Borrower shall furnish to Lender accounts receivable and accounts payable ageings, accounts receivable roll forward reports (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B) and reconciliations of accounts receivable collateral and the loan balance on the monthly statements provided by Lender to Borrower’s records and inventory designations, monthly, not later than ten (10) Business Days after the end of each month, for accounts receivable reconciliations/loan balances and ten (10) Business Days after the end of each month for Inventory designations covering the previous month.  Borrower shall furnish to Lender such other information regarding the business affairs and financial condition of Borrower as Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request, including (a) audited financial statements as at the end of and for each fiscal year of Borrower, as soon as practical and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each such fiscal year, in such detail and scope as Lender may require including a balance sheet, a statement of income, a statement of cash flows and notes, audited by RSM US LLP or other Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm reasonably acceptable to Lender, and (b) financial statements prepared internally as at the end of and for each of the first, second and third fiscal quarterly period of Borrower, as soon as practical and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each such fiscal quarter of Borrower, in such detail and scope as Lender may require including without limitation, a balance sheet, a statement of income, a statement of cash flows and notes, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower ( CFO ); and concurrently with such financial statements, a written statement signed by the CFO   to the effect that, (i) CFO has   not obtained any knowledge of the existence of any Event of Default, or (ii) if such   CFO has   obtained from such examination any such knowledge, such CFO   shall disclose in such written statement the Event of Default and the nature thereof.  Borrower shall also furnish to Lender such other information regarding the business affairs and financial condition of Borrower and Certifying Officers as Lender may, from time to time, request.   All such statements and information shall fairly present the financial condition of Borrower, and the results of its operations as of the dates and for the periods, for which the same are furnished, subject in the case of quarterly statements to year-end adjustments and the lack of footnotes.

6.8. Borrower shall duly pay and discharge all federal and all material state taxes, assessments, contributions and governmental charges upon or against it or its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto. Borrower shall be liable for any tax (excluding a tax imposed on the overall net income of Lender) imposed upon any transaction under this Agreement or giving rise to the Receivables or which Lender may be required to withhold or pay for any reason and Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold Lender harmless with respect thereto, and to repay Lender on demand the amount thereof.  Until paid by Borrower, Borrower’s liability under this paragraph shall be added to the Obligations secured hereunder, and may at Lender's option be charged to Borrower's Loan Account but shall nonetheless be independent hereof and continue notwithstanding any termination hereof.

6.9. With respect to each Receivable, Borrower hereby represents and warrants that: each Receivable represents a valid and legally enforceable indebtedness based upon an actual and bona fide sale and delivery of property in the ordinary course of Borrower's business which has been completed and finally accepted by the Account Debtor and for which the Account Debtor is unconditionally liable to make payment of the amount stated in each invoice, document or instrument evidencing the Receivable in accordance with the terms thereof, without offset, defense or counterclaim; each Receivable is required to

 

10

 


 

be paid in full at maturity; no Receivables have arisen from sales on bill and hold terms; all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in any invoices, documents, instruments and statements of account describing or evidencing the Receivables are true and correct and are in all respects what they purport to be and all signatures and endorsements that appear thereon are genuine and all signatories and endorsers have full capacity to contract; the Account Debtor owing the Receivable and each guarantor, endorser or surety of such Receivable is, to Borrower’s knowledge, solvent and financially able to pay in full the Receivable when it matures; and all recording, filing and other requirements of giving public notice of such Receivable under any applicable law have been duly complied with.

6.10. Borrower shall until payment in full of all Obligations to Lender and termination of this Agreement cause to be maintained at the end of each of its fiscal quarters, Tangible Net Worth in an amount not less than $13,000,000 and Working Capital of not less than $4,000,000. 

6.11. Prior to the making of the initial loans hereunder: Lender shall have received an opinion of Borrower’s counsel in the form, and as to the matters, reasonably required by Lender; Lender shall have received good-standing certificates and other certifications with respect to Borrower and any other Person liable on the Obligations from such governmental authorities as Lender shall require; Lender or its agents shall have completed such examinations and appraisals of the Collateral and such searches with regard to Borrower and its assets, as Lender shall require, all at Borrower’s expense; Lender shall have received from Borrower evidence of termination of the lien in favor of Access Business Finance, LLC as evidenced by a Uniform Commercial Code UCC-1 Financing Statement filed with the Department of State, filing number 20092012760, and any other evidence Lender may require that on the Closing Date there shall be no liens on the Collateral other than Permitted Liens; a lockbox and deposit account complying with Section 5.1 shall have been established which is satisfactory to Lender; Lender shall have received evidence, in form satisfactory to Lender, that Borrower has obtained such casualty insurance policies meeting the requirements of Section 7 hereof; the Loan Availability shall be in an amount equal to or greater than $500,000 plus the sum of all amounts required to be disbursed at closing for the purpose of paying Lender’s expenses and attorneys’ fees chargeable to Borrower hereunder and all amounts required to be paid to creditors to induce them to release any liens in the Collateral that are not Permitted Liens; and,   Lender shall have received evidence that it has a perfected first and only security interest in all Collateral.

6.12. During the term of this Agreement, Borrower shall not make any sales to customers by accepting a credit card issued to such customers, except for sales not to exceed $50,000 per month unless Borrower has prior thereto entered into a merchant agreement with a processor, relating to sales made using such credit card, on terms that are acceptable to Lender, and such processor has agreed to remit the proceeds of such sales to an account of Borrower with respect to which Lender has control in accordance with Section 9-104 of the UCC.

6.13. Attached as Exhibit C is a listing of all of Borrower’s patents, trademarks, copyrights and domain names. So long as any Obligations remain outstanding, Lender is hereby irrevocably authorized to use any of Borrower’s patents, trademarks, copyrights and domain names for the purpose of enforcing Lender’s security interest in the Collateral and disposing of any of the Collateral.

6.14. So long as any Obligations remain outstanding, Borrower shall (i) advise Lender of the existence of any commercial tort claims in favor of and asserted by Borrower, which advice shall be given to Lender in writing no later than 10 days after Borrower asserts such a claim in its favor; (ii) within 5 Business Days after Lender’s request therefor, provide Lender with a listing of all deposit accounts and securities accounts maintained by Borrower and a listing of all letters of credit issued and outstanding in favor of Borrower as beneficiary and, if requested by Lender, arrange for the execution by each depository bank and financial intermediary of a control agreement in Lender’s favor with respect to such accounts, and

 

11

 


 

by each letter of credit issuer of a consent to an assignment of the proceeds of such letter of credit to Lender, in each case in form and content satisfactory to Lender; (iii) maintain in effect in favor of Lender, agreements (in form satisfactory to Lender) executed by the landlords of Borrower’s places of business where its books and records are maintained (excluding the Bellevue, WA office) and the bailees of its property in the United States, pursuant to which Lender is granted access to such places of business and such bailees are directed to honor Lender’s instructions with respect to the disposition of such property.

6.15. Until indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations, Borrower shall not (i) make any loans or advances to officers, directors, shareholders or Affiliates; (ii) engage in any other transactions with Affiliates except on terms similar to those that would be in effect in transactions between unrelated parties (iii) incur or repay indebtedness for borrowed money (except indebtedness to CIT Technology Financing SRVC Inc. (“CIT”) to finance Borrower’s insurance premiums) or guaranty the obligations of Affiliates or other Persons; (iv) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets except for sales of Inventory in the normal course and dispositions of old or obsolete assets or assets no longer used or useable by Borrower; (v) declare any dividends, redeem or repurchase any stock, or make any other distributions in respect of its stock; or (vi) enter into any agreements to buy or sell goods on consignment terms; or (vi) merge with or into any entity or undergo any other restructuring or reorganization including reorganizations that would result in Borrower being organized under the laws of a state other than Delaware.

6.16. Borrower shall not (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person (as hereafter defined), including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person; (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224; or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224, the USA Patriot Act or any other Anti-Terrorism Law.  Borrower shall deliver to Lender any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by Lender in its sole discretion, confirming Borrower’s compliance with this Section.  Borrower is not in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law  and Borrower is not a Person (a “ Blocked Person ”) that (a) is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224; (b) is owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224; (c) any financial institution is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; (d) commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224; (e) is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list, or is affiliated or associated with a person or entity listed above;  (f) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224.

For purposes of this Section 6.16 , (i) “Anti-Terrorism Laws” shall mean any laws, regulations, rules, orders and directives relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224, the USA Patriot Act, the Laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the Law administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Asset Control (as any of the foregoing laws, regulations, rules, orders and directives may from time to time be amended, renewed, extended, or replaced); (ii) “ Executive Order No. 13224 ” shall mean Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced; and (iii) “ USA Patriot Act ” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening

 

12

 


 

America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.

6.17. Borrower shall deliver to Lender within 5 days of any of Borrower’s senior officers obtaining knowledge of any condition or event which constitutes, or might reasonabl y be expected to constitute, a n Event of Default or that any Person has given notice to Borrower or any Affiliates of Borrower or taken any other action with respect to a claimed Event of Default, Borrower shall deliver to Lender an officer’s certificate describing the same and the period of existence thereof and specifying what action Borrower has taken, are taking and propose to take with respect thereto

7.

BORROWER’S INSURANCE



7.1. Borrower covenants and agrees that, on and after the date hereof, until payment in full of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement, Borrower shall obtain and maintain in effect, at Borrower’s sole expense, policies of casualty insurance as more specifically set forth on Exhibit D annexed hereto , in form and substance satisfactory to Lender , each of which shall have ratings of at least “A-VIII” by A.M. Best Company, and shall otherwise be approved by Lender.

7.2. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.3 allowing Borrower to collect and apply certain insurance proceeds, Borrower hereby directs all insurers under such policies of casualty insurance to pay all proceeds of casualty insurance policies directly to Lender as herein provided .  Borrower ir revocably makes, constitutes and appoints Lender (and each officer, employee or agent designated by Lender) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting such claims under all such policies of casualty insurance if Borrower fails to make such claim within fifteen (15) days after any casualty or fails to diligently prosecute such claim, (ii) endorsing the name of Borrower on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment pertaining to the Collateral received by Borrower or Lender pursuant to any such policies of casualty insurance, and (iii) making all determinations and decisions with respect to such policies of casualty insurance as they relate to the Collateral.  Borrower agrees to provide Lender with prompt written notice of any change, amendment or modification to any casualty insurance policy.

7.3. Lender is authorized to collect all such casualty insurance proceeds and, at Lender’s option:  (i) apply (A) such proceeds against the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations, or (ii) allow Borrower to use such proceeds, or a part thereof, to repair any damage or restore, replace or rebuild the Collateral that was the subject of such proceeds ; provided, however, that in the absence of an Event of Default, if the proceeds of insurance are less than $75,000 ,   Borrower may collect such proceeds and shall use the proceeds to repair or replace the subject Collateral and shall provide notice thereof to Lender.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time when a n Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if Lender receives proceeds of casualty insurance or is holding proceeds of casualty insurance theretofore received by Lender, Lender may apply the same to the Obligations at any time and from time to time as it may determine in its discretion.  If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Borrower has been permitted to apply casualty insurance proceeds to repair, restore, replace or rebuild property, then Lender will return any casualty insurance proceeds to Borrower which Lender continues to hold after any such repair, restoration, replacement or rebuilding of such property is completed to Lender’s satisfaction as determined in its discretion.

7.4. If Borrower fails to provide Lender with evidence of the casualty insurance coverage required by this Agreement, Lender may purchase casualty insurance, a t Borrower’s expense, to protect Lender’s interests in the Collateral.  This casualty insurance may, but need not, protect the interests of Borrower.  The coverage that Lender purchases may not pay any claim that Borrower may make or any

 

13

 


 

claim that is made against Borrower in connection with the Collateral.  Borrower may later cancel any casualty insurance purchased by Lender, but only after providing Lender with evidence that Borrower has obtained casualty insurance as required by this Agreement.  If Lender purchases casualty insurance for the Collateral, Borrower will be responsible for the costs of that casualty insurance, including interest and any other charges that may be imposed in connection with the placement of the casualty insurance, until the effective date of the cancellation or expiration of the casualty insurance.  The costs of the casualty insurance shall be added to the Obligations.  The costs of the casualty insurance may be more than the cost of casualty insurance that Borrower may be able to obtain on its own.

8.

SPECIFIC POWERS OF LENDER



8.1. Borrower hereby constitutes Lender or its agent, or any other person whom Lender may designate, as Borrower's attorney, at Borrower's own cost and expense to exercise at any time all or any of the following powers which, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until all Obligations have been paid in full: (a) to receive, take, endorse, assign, deliver, accept and deposit, in Lender's or Borrower's name, any and all checks, notes, drafts, remittances and other instruments and documents relating to Receivables and proceeds thereof; (b) to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Borrower and to notify, following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, postal authorities to change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Lender may designate; (c) following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to transmit to Account Debtors indebted on Receivables notice of Lender's interest therein and to request from such Account Debtors at any time, in Borrower's name or in Lender's or that of Lender's designee, information concerning the Receivables and the amounts owing thereon; (d) following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to notify Account Debtors to make payment directly to Lender, including by sending the letter attached hereto as Annex A; and (e)following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to take or bring, in Borrower's name or Lender's, all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed by Lender necessary or desirable to effect collection of the Receivables. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, Lender may file one or more financing statements, naming Borrower as debtor and Lender as secured party and indicating therein the types or describing the items of Collateral. Without limitation of any of the powers enumerated above, Lender is hereby authorized to accept and to deposit all collections in any form, relating to Receivables, received from or for the account of Account Debtors (whether such collections are remitted directly to Lender by Account Debtors or are forwarded to Lender by Borrower), including remittances  which may reflect deductions taken by Account Debtors, regardless of amount, the Loan Account of Borrower to be credited only with amounts actually collected on Receivables in accordance with Section 5.1 . Borrower hereby releases (i) any bank, trust company or other firm receiving or accepting such collections in any form, and (ii) Lender and its officers, employees and designees, from any liability arising from any act or acts hereunder or in furtherance hereof, whether of omission or commission, and whether based upon any error of judgment or mistake of law or fact, except for Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

9.

LENDER'S REMEDIES



9.1. Borrower agrees that all of the loans and advances made by Lender under the terms of this Agreement, together with all Obligations of Borrower as defined herein (unless otherwise provided in any instrument evidencing the same or agreement relating thereto), shall be payable by Borrower at Lender's demand at the office of Lender in New York, New York. In addition, all Obligations shall be, at Lender's option, due and payable without notice or demand upon termination of this Agreement or upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following “ Event ( s ) of Default ”: ( if Borrower shall fail to pay to Lender when due any amounts owing to Lender under any Obligation, or if there shall occur any Event of

 

14

 


 

Default or breach by Borrower, any Affiliate of Borrower or Certifying Officers of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Agreement, Loan Documents or any other agreement by and among Borrower,  any of its Affiliates or Certifying Officers and Lender or any of its Affiliates or if Borrower shall fail to pay when due any indebtedness for borrowed money in an amount exceeding $100,000 beyond any applicable grace period; ( if any Certifying Officers, guarantor, endorser or other person liable on the Obligations or who has pledged or granted collateral security for the Obligations, shall die, terminate or attempt to terminate its Certificate (unless a replacement satisfactory to Lender is provided prior to the effective date of such termination) or pledge agreement or shall breach any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of any guarantee, endorsement or other agreement of such person with, or in favor of, Lender or if a material portion of any tangible Collateral for the Obligations is destroyed or lost or rendered valueless or no longer subject to insurance; ( if any representation, warranty, or statement of fact made to Lender or an Affiliate of Lender at any time by or on behalf of Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower or Certifying Officers is or becomes false or misleading in any material respect; ( if Borrower shall become insolvent, generally unable to pay debts as they mature, files or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy (subject to the provisions of the last sentence hereof), liquidation or reorganization, or if a judgment, levy, attachment or distraint against Borrower remains unpaid, unstayed or undismissed for a period of more than thirty days, or if Borrower discontinues doing business for any reason, or if a custodian, receiver or trustee of any kind is appointed for it or any of its property; ( [Reserved]; ( if at any time, Lender shall, in its sole discretion, reasonably exercised, consider the Obligations insecure or any part of the Receivables unsafe, insecure or insufficient and Borrower shall not on demand furnish other collateral or make payment on account, reasonably satisfactory to Lender; (7) if (x) Borrower shall default under or breach the terms of any present or future lease (each a Lease ) of any premises now or hereafter leased by Borrower ( Leased Premises ) or (y) Lender shall receive notice from any lessor of any Leased Premises that a default has occurred under any Lease, or that any Lease has been terminated; (8) any employee benefit plan of Borrower subject to ERISA is completely or partially terminated or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation commences proceedings for the purpose of effecting any such termination or an event or circumstance occurs which could result in any such termination; or (9) if a claim is made or threatened, or a proceeding is commenced, by any governmental agency or authority against Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower under any environmental protection laws. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, (i) Borrower shall pay to Lender, as liquidated damages and as part of the Obligations, in addition to amounts payable under Section 10.1 hereof, a charge at the rate of three (3%) percent per annum above the interest rate payable on Overadvances set forth in Section 3.1(b) upon the outstanding balance of the Obligations from the date of Event of Default until the date of full payment of the Obligations, in addition to compensation payable under Section 3.1 from such date; provided, that in no event shall such rate exceed the Maximum Rate and (ii) Lender shall have the right (in addition to any other rights Lender may have under this Agreement or otherwise) without further notice or demand to Borrower, to enforce payment of any Collateral, to settle, compromise, or release in whole or in part, any amounts owing on Collateral, to prosecute any action, suit or proceeding with respect to Collateral, to extend the time of payment of any and all Collateral, to make allowances and adjustments with respect thereto, to issue credits in Lender's name or Borrower's, to sell, assign and deliver the Collateral (or any part thereof) and any returned, reclaimed or repossessed merchandise or other property held by Lender or by Borrower for Lender's account, at public or private sale, at broker's board, for cash, upon credit or otherwise, at Lender's sole option and discretion, and Lender may bid or become purchaser at any such sale if public, free from any right of redemption which is hereby expressly waived. Borrower agrees that the giving of ten days' notice by Lender, sent by ordinary mail, postage prepaid, to the mailing address of Borrower set forth in this Agreement, designating the place and time of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition of the Collateral or any other security held by Lender is to be made, shall be

 

15

 


 

deemed to be reasonable notice thereof and Borrower waives any other notice with respect thereto. The net cash proceeds resulting from the exercise of any of the foregoing rights or remedies shall be applied by Lender to the payment of the Obligations in such order as Lender may elect, and Borrower shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this section, (i) to the extent that an event or occurrence described in this section consists of Borrower’s failure to take, do or perform an act or action, then such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default if no other Event of Default has occurred and if such act or action is taken, done or performed by Borrower within 5 Business Days after Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Lender that the act or action is required to be taken, done or performed by Borrower and has not been taken, done or performed; and (ii) to the extent that an event or occurrence described in this section consists of the commencement of a proceeding against Borrower under Federal or state law or the appointment of a receiver or custodian under Federal or state law, then the commencement of such proceeding or the appointment of such receiver or custodian shall not constitute an Event of Default if no other Event of Default has occurred and if such proceeding or appointment is contested by Borrower within the time period and in the manner required by law and is dismissed, terminated or vacated within sixty (60) Business Days after such commencement or appointment.

9.2. The enumeration of the foregoing rights and remedies is not intended to be exhaustive, and such rights and remedies are in addition to and not by way of limitation of any other rights or remedies Lender may have under the UCC or other applicable law. Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to determine which rights and remedies, and in which order any of the same, are to be exercised, and to determine which Collateral is to be proceeded against and in which order, and the exercise of any right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any others, all of which shall be cumulative. No act, failure or delay by Lender shall constitute a waiver of any of its rights and remedies. No single or partial waiver by Lender of any provision of this Agreement, or breach or default thereunder, or of any right or remedy which Lender may have shall operate as a waiver of any other provision, breach, default, right or remedy or of the same provision, breach, default, right or remedy on a future occasion. Borrower waives presentment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest of all instruments included in or evidencing any of the Obligations or the Collateral and any and all notices or demands whatsoever (except as expressly provided herein). Lender may, at all times, proceed directly against Borrower to enforce payment of the Obligations and any of its other rights and remedies under the Loan Documents and shall not be required to first enforce its rights in the Collateral or any other security granted to it. Lender shall not be required to take any action of any kind to preserve, collect or protect its or Borrower's rights in the Collateral or any other security granted to it.

9.3. EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS, THE RECEIVABLES, OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN SUCH STATE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE OBLIGATIONS. IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION BORROWER WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS AND AGREES THAT SERVICE THEREOF MAY BE MADE BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO BORROWER AT ITS PLACE OF BUSINESS SET FORTH ABOVE.

9.4. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify Lender and hold Lender harmless from and against any liability, loss, damage, suit or proceeding ever suffered or incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ fee

 

16

 


 

whether incurred by in-house or outside counsel) as a result of Borrower’s failure to observe, perform or discharge Borrower’s duties hereunder or as a result of Borrower’s breach of any of the representations, warranties and covenants of this Agreement. This indemnity shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.



10.

EFFECTIVE DATE, CONTROLLING LAW AND TERMINATION



10.1. This Agreement shall become effective upon acceptance by Lender at its office in the State of New York, and shall continue in full force and effect until December 31, 2019 (the Renewal Date ) and from year to year thereafter, unless (a) sooner terminated as herein provided, or (b) as otherwise agreed by both Lender and Borrower in writing.  Following the Renewal Date and in addition to its rights following and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time by giving Borrower sixty (60) days’ prior written notice.  Borrower may terminate this Agreement on the Renewal Date or on the anniversary of the Renewal Date in any year by giving Lender not less than sixty (60) days' prior written notice by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested (which notice may be rescinded by a notice given in the same manner prior to the expiration of the applicable sixty day period).  Should an Event of  Default occur and be continuing hereunder, this Agreement will be terminable by Lender at any time and Borrower shall, upon any such termination by Lender, or upon termination of this Agreement effective prior to the end of its current term for any reason other than termination by Lender in the absence of an Event of Default or termination by the Borrower as provided in the previous sentence, pay to Lender, as part of the Obligations, in addition to amounts payable under Section 9.1 hereof, an amount equal to (a) two percent (2%) of the Maximum Credit Facility then in effect, if such termination occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date; and (b) one half percent (0.5%) of the Maximum Credit Facility then in effect, if such termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Closing Date. In the event that Borrower terminates other than as provided herein, as a condition to such termination, Borrower shall pay to Lender the foregoing amounts in addition to performance of any other conditions to such termination.  No termination of this Agreement, however, shall relieve or discharge Borrower of its duties, obligations and covenants hereunder until such time as all Obligations have been paid in full, and the continuing security interest in Receivables and other Collateral granted to Lender hereunder or under any other agreement shall remain in effect until such Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full and any provision hereof that by its terms survives termination of this Agreement shall survive pursuant to such terms. No provision hereof shall be modified or amended orally or by course of conduct but only by a written instrument expressly referring hereto signed by both parties. This Agreement and the Loan Documents embody the entire agreement between Lender and Borrower as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements (whether oral or written) as to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, provided, however, that neither Lender nor Borrower may assign this Agreement or its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.  Borrower consents to Lender’s sale of participations in the loans made under this Agreement, as long as Lender remains obligated as the lender hereunder and retains all rights of the Lender hereunder.

10.2. ALL LOANS SHALL BE DISBURSED BY LENDER FROM ITS OFFICE IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, SHALL BE PAYABLE BY BORROWER AT SUCH OFFICE, AND THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL TRANSACTIONS THEREUNDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE CONSUMMATED IN SUCH STATE AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THAT STATE.  If any part or provision of this Agreement is invalid or in contravention of the applicable laws or regulations of any controlling jurisdiction, such part or

 

17

 


 

provision shall be severable without affecting the validity of any other part or provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision herein or in any related document, Lender shall never be entitled to receive, collect, or apply, as interest on the Loan Account, any amount in excess of the maximum rate of interest ( Maximum Rate ) permitted to be charged from time to time by applicable law (if such law imposes any maximum rate), and in the event Lender ever receives, collects, or applies as interest, any amount in excess of the Maximum Rate, such amount shall be deemed and treated as a partial prepayment of the principal of the Loan Account; and, if the principal of the Loan Account and all other of Lender's charges other than interest are paid in full, any remaining excess shall be paid to Borrower.

11.

MISCELLANEOUS



11.1. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, any notices, requests, demands or other communications permitted or required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by facsimile, hand delivery or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, to the addresses and facsimile numbers of the parties set forth below (or to such other address or facsimile number as a party may hereafter designate by a notice to the other that complies with this section) and shall be deemed given (a) in the case of a notice sent by facsimile, when received by the recipient if the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from its own facsimile machine;  and (b) in the case of a notice that is hand delivered or sent by such overnight courier, when delivered (provided that the sending party retains a confirmation of delivery).  Any notice which, pursuant to the terms hereof must be sent by Borrower by certified or registered mail shall be deemed given and effective when received by Lender, or Borrower, as the case may be.



 



 

If to Lender

If to Borrower

ROSENTHAL & ROSENTHAL, INC.

1370 Broadway

New York NY 10018

Attn: Michael Wenger, Esq., with a copy to Robert Miller, EVP

Facsimile: (212) 356-3364

eMagin Corporation

2070 Route 52

Hopewell Junction, NY

Attn: Jeffrey P. Lucas, CFO

Facsimile: [______________________]



11.2. Nothing contained herein shall impose on Lender any liability for any contracts, undertakings or other obligations of Borrower to others, including obligations of Borrower to any Account Debtor for breach of the terms of any contract of sale between Borrower and the Account Debtor.

11.3. Wherever in this Agreement unless otherwise provided (i) the term “including” appears, such term shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation”; (ii) the term “satisfactory” or “acceptable” to Lender appears, such terms shall be deemed to mean “acceptable” or “satisfactory” to Lender and its counsel in their sole  and absolute discretion; and (iii) the terms “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” of Lender appear, such terms shall be deemed to mean “in the sole opinion, reasonably exercised”,  and “in the sole judgment, reasonably exercised” of Lender and its counsel.

11.4. Terms used in this Agreement that are not defined in this Agreement but are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings given in the UCC.

11.5. DRAFTING PRESUMPTION. In the event of any ambiguity or dispute regarding the definition or meaning of any word, phrase, or other verbiage, or the construction of any provision in this Agreement, there shall be no presumption favoring the definition, meaning or construction propounded by

 

18

 


 

a particular party based upon which party (or which party's attorney) drafted the word, verbiage or provision at issue, and same will be deemed mutually drafted.





[ Remainder of Page Left Intentionally Blank- Signature Page Follows ]



 

 

19

 


 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lender and Borrower have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective corporate officers thereto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.



 

Witness:

 

 

___________________________

Name:
Title:

eMagin Corporation

 

 

By:________________________________

         Jeffrey P. Lucas

         Chief Financial Officer

 

 









 

Accepted:

 

ROSENTHAL & ROSENTHAL, INC.

 

 

 

By:_______________________________

               Robert L. Martucci
                Senior Vice President











































[ Signature Page to Financing Agreement]



 


 

Exhibit A



PERMITTED LIENS



(a) the security interests and liens of Lender;



(b) liens securing the payment of taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies either not yet overdue or the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and available to such Borrower, or Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books;



(c) non-consensual statutory liens (other than liens securing the payment of taxes) arising in the ordinary course of such Borrower's or  Guarantor’s business to the extent: (i) such liens secure indebtedness which is not overdue or (ii) such liens secure indebtedness relating to claims or liabilities which are fully insured and being defended at the sole cost and expense and at the sole risk of the insurer or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and available to such Borrower or Guarantor, in each case prior to the commencement of foreclosure or other similar proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books;



(d) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants and other restrictions affecting the use of real property which do not interfere in any material respect with the use of such real property or ordinary conduct of the business of such Borrower as presently conducted thereon or materially impair the value of the real property which may be subject thereto;



(e) purchase money security interests in machinery and equipment (including capital leases where the landlord has signed a subordination agreement/waiver acceptable to Lender);



(f) pledges and deposits of cash by any Borrower or Guarantor after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security benefits consistent with the current practices of such Borrower or Guarantor as of the date hereof;



(g) pledges and deposits of cash by Borrower after the date hereof to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, trade contracts (other than for the repayment of indebtedness), statutory obligations and other similar obligations in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with the current practices of Borrower as of the date hereof; provided, that, in connection with any performance bonds issued by a surety or other person, the issuer of such bond shall have waived in writing any rights in or to, or other interest in, any of the Collateral in an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;



(h) liens arising from (i) operating leases and the precautionary UCC financing statement filings (satisfactory to Lender) in respect thereof and (ii) equipment or other materials which are not owned by Borrower located on the premises of the Borrower (but not in connection with, or as part of, the financing thereof) from time to time in the ordinary course of business and consistent with current practices of the Borrower and the precautionary UCC financing statement filings

 


 

(satisfactory to Lender) in respect thereof;



(i) judgments and other similar liens arising in connection with court proceedings that do not constitute an Event of Default, provided, that, (i) such liens are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, (ii) adequate reserves or other appropriate provision, if any, as are required by GAAP have been made therefor, and (iii) a stay of enforcement of any such liens is in effect; and



(j) liens on proceeds of insurance in favor of CIT securing payment of the Borrower’s premiums for insurance.

 


 

Schedule 6.3



Litigation





    NONE





 


 

Schedule 6.5



Other locations of Borrower





11747 NE First Street, Suite 320

Bellevue, WA 98005



UPS Supply Chain Solutions, Inc.

1201 C Street NW

Auburn, WA  98001



2070 Route 52

Hopewell Junction, NY 12533

Dutchess County



1405 130 th Avenue NE

Bellevue, WA 98005

King County



16429 20 th Ave W

Lynnwood, WA 98037

Snohomish County



3080 Olcott Street, Suite C100

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Santa Clara County



 


 

ANNEX A





TO ALL CUSTOMERS OF:  eMagin Corporation





Attention: Accounts Payable Supervisor



All accounts receivables of eMagin Corporation have been assigned and are payable to Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc.  Accordingly, payment of all accounts receivables arising from sales made or services rendered by eMagin Corporation to you whether now existing or hereafter arising are to be made directly and only to:



Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc.

1370 Broadway

 New York ,   NY   10018

Attn:



or pursuant to such other instructions as Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc. may hereafter provide.



This notification of assignment of accounts receivables is being given to you in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code.  If you should make payment to eMagin Corporation or anyone else other than Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc., unless otherwise instructed by Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc. hereafter such payment will not constitute payment of the account receivable, and may subject you to double liability for the sums due in connection therewith.





Very truly yours,



eMagin Corporation





By: ________________________

Name:

Title:





 


 

Exhibit B



MONTHLY ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ROLLFORWARD REPORT



SAMPLE FORM



 

 

+

-

-

-

+

-

+

 

Date

Beginning

Gross 

(Credits)

(Net 

(Discounts)

Debit

(Credit 

Non A/R

Ending

 

Balance

Sales

 

Collections)

 

Adj

Adj)

Cash

Balance



 

 

 

 

  Enter opening aging balance here

 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 

 

0.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance per Aging

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculated balance

0.00 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variance

0.00 





EXHIBIT C

 


 



PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS



Trademarks in the United States





 

 

 



Trademark

Serial No.

Registration No.



DPD

87141997

 



EMAGIN

75856770

2825413







Patents in United States





 

Patent No./ Publication No.

Title

9,142,779 

Patterning of OLED Materials

8,975,832 

Stacked, Non-Inverted Dielectrically Isolated, Organic Light Emitting Diode Display Formed On A Silicon-On-Insulator Based Substrate And Method Of Same

8,974,263 

Method Of Manufacturing Organic Light Emitting Diode Arrays And System For Eliminating Defects In Organic Light Emitting Diode Arrays

8,961,254 

Method Of Manufacturing Organic Light Emitting Diode Arrays And System For Eliminating Defects In Organic Light Emitting Diode Arrays

8,944,873 

Method Of Manufacturing Organic Light Emitting Diode Arrays And System For Eliminating Defects In Organic Light Emitting Diode Arrays

8,883,553 

Independently Controlled Stacked Inverted Organic Light Emitting Diodes And A Method Of Manufacturing Same

8,766,883 

Dual-Mode Amoled Pixel Driver, A System Using A Dual-Mode Amoled Pixel Driver, And A Method Of Operating A Dual-Mode Amoled Pixel Driver

RE44,941

Method of Clearing Electrical Contact Pads in Thin Film Sealed OLED Devices

8,564,187 

Color Organic Light-Emitting Diode Display Device

 


 

8,423,309 

Method for performing quality control on an organic light emitting diode device and a method for determining current leakage in an OLED sub-pixel

8,232,931 

Auto-Calibrating Gamma Correction Circuit For Amoled Pixel Display Driver

7,745,340 

Method Of Clearing Electrical Contact Pads In Thin Film Sealed Oled Devices

7,233,026 

Light Extraction From Color Changing Medium Layers In Organic Light Emitting Diode Devices

6,657,224 

Organic Light Emitting Diode Devices Using Thermostable Hole-Injection and Hole-Transport Compounds

6,608,283 

Apparatus and Method for Solder-Sealing an active Matrix Organic Light Emitting Diode

6,608,439 

Inorganic-Based Color Conversion Matrix Element for Organic Color Display Devices and Method of Fabrication

6,278,237 

Laterally Structured High Resolution Multicolor Organic Electroluminescence Display Device

6,265,820 

Heat Removal System for use in Organic Light Emitting Diode Displays Having High Brightness

6,023,259 

OLED Active Matrix Using a Single Transistor Current Mode Pixel Design

6,016,033 

Electrode Structure For High Resolution Organic Light-Emitting Diode Displays And Method For Making The Same

5,920,080 

Emissive Display Using Organic Light Emitting Diodes

5,866,978 

Matrix Getter for Residual Gas in Vacuum Sealed Panels

5,867,817 

Speech Recognition Manager

6,005,720 

Reflective Micro-Display System

8,749,456 

METHOD OF DRIVING AN ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (OLED) PIXEL, A SYSTEM FOR DRIVING AN OLED PIXEL AND A COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM

9,385,323 

Patterning of OLED materials

9,366,871 

Microdisplay Based Immersive Headset

 


 

9,443,913 

METHOD OF TUNING DISPLAY CHROMATICITY BY MIXING COLOR FILTER MATERIALS AND DEVICE HAVING MIXED COLOR FILTER MATERIALS

9,489,887 

AMOLED MICRODISPLAY DEVICE WITH ACTIVE TEMPERATURE CONTROL



Copyrights in United States



NONE

 


 

EXHIBIT D





A. Specific Insurance Requirements.



(i) Property Insurance - An all risks property insurance policy, including coverage for fire, theft, collision, burglary, pilferage, loss in transit, explosion, spoilage, wind, hail, collapse, sinkhole and terrorism (domestic and foreign), for an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of the Collateral (exclusive of costs for foundations, underground utilities and footings for any Collateral consisting of real property, if applicable) without deduction for physical depreciation.  “All risks” shall provide coverage for all direct damage to property except as specifically excluded by the policy.  Such all - risks property insurance policy shall contain a 438 BFU endorsement, or an equivalent New York Standard Mortgagee (if applicable) and Lenders Loss Payable Endorsement (CG 12 18 06 95 provision “C” or its equivalent, and:  (A) no coinsurance provision or an agreed amount endorsement waiving any coinsurance provisions; (B) a deductible not to exceed $50,000; (C) if applicable, ordinance or law coverage including (1) loss in value to the undamaged portion of the building(s) to full replacement value, (2) demolition costs with a limit per loss of ten percent (10%) of the value of the building(s) affected by loss, and (3) increased costs of construction with a limit per loss of ten percent (10%) of the value of the building(s) affected by loss; (D) if applicable, equipment breakdown coverage including, but not limited to, loss or damage from electrical injury, machinery and equipment breakdown, and explosion of steam boilers, air conditioning equipment, high pressure piping, pressure vessels or similar apparatus; and (E) business income and/or loss of rents coverage, if applicable, in amount equal to the estimated net operating income and continuing expenses for the property for a period of twelve (12) months, which may be increased from time to time by Lender, with a 180 Day Extended Period of Indemnity (or such other period of time as may be needed, in Lender’s discretion, to return to normal operating levels);

(ii) Liability Insurance – (A) a commercial general liability policy insuring against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about Borrower’s premises, to be on an “occurrence” form, with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate; (B) if applicable, a business automobile liability policy with symbol 1 with limits not less than $1,000,000 per accident; and (C) if applicable, a workers compensation policy with limits not less than statutory requirements for workers compensation and an employer’s liability limit of not less than $1,000,000 each accident and $1,000,000 per employee and policy aggregate for bodily injury by disease.  Each commercial general liability policy shall contain a per location general aggregate if covering multiple locations; (D) if applicable, Products Recall expense and indemnity policy with a limit not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence and annual aggregate, and (E) such additional liability coverages as deemed necessary during the lender’s loan due diligence process.

(iii) Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance –A commercial umbrella or excess liability policy with limits not less than $5,000,000 which, at a minimum, shall schedule the following policies as “underlying”:  commercial general & products liability, business automobile liability and employer’s liability.

(iv)   if applicable, a “Blanket Crime” policy including employee dishonesty, forgery or alteration, theft, disappearance and destruction, robbery and safe burglary, property, and computer fraud coverage.









B. General Insurance Requirements.



 


 

(i) All insurance premiums on all policies must be paid as and when due and payable, consistent with the past practices of Borrower.  All outstanding premiums for the current policy term are to be paid prior to the effective date of such policy;

(ii) No insurance policy required hereunder shall be permitted to provide for premium assessments to be made against Lender;

(iii) Borrower shall provide the following prior to the effective date of such policy:  (i) an ACORD 25 or equivalent certificate of liability insurance and (ii) an ACORD 28 or equivalent certificate of property insurance;

(iv) Prior to the renewal date of each insurance policy required hereunder, Borrower shall provide certificates of insurance providing evidence that the policies have been renewed on forms ACORD 28 and ACORD 25;

(v) Borrower shall provide promptly upon Lender’s request complete copies of the insurance policies providing the coverage required hereunder;

(vi) Each property policy and to the extent possible, each liability policy shall contain a provision providing not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Lender of cancellation and not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Lender of cancellation for non-payment of premium;

(vii) Lender is to be named (A) the first mortgagee (if applicable) and first lender loss payee with respect to the property insurance coverage, and (B) an additional insured with respect to general liability and umbrella or excess liability insurances, as follows:  Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc., 1370 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.

(viii) A waiver of subrogation shall be provided on all liability policies of insurance waiving rights of recovery against Lender; and

(ix) The limits of insurance contained herein are minimum limits established by Lender and shall not be construed to mean that Lender represents or warrants that the required limits contained herein are adequate for protection to Borrower, nor limit the liability of Borrower to the limits stated herein.





 











#8822423.1

#8905656.1


EXHIBIT 10.32

Stillwater Trust LLC

655 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, New York 10065



March 24 , 2017

eMagin Corporation

2070 Route 52

Hopewell Junction, NY 12533

Attention:  Andrew G. Sculley



Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are pleased to confirm that STILLWATER TRUST LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Stillwater ”), is making available a line of credit (the Line ) in the amount of Five Million Dollars ( $ 5 , 0 00,000 ) (the Facility Amount )   to   eMagin Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( the Company ), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this letter   agreement (this “ Letter Agreement ”).

1. Definitions .   For purposes of this Letter Agreement:

Affiliate   means, as to the Company, any Person (hereinafter defined) that directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, the Company.  As used in this definition, “ control shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise); provided   that , in any event: (i) any Person that owns directly or indirectly fifty percent (50%) or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body of a corporation or fifty percent (50%) or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of any other Person (other than as a limited partner of such other Person) will be deemed to control such corporation or other Person; and (ii) each shareholder, director and officer of the Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company.

Anniversary Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 4 of this Letter Agreement.

Assignee ” has the meaning specified in Section 11(a) of this Letter Agreement.

Business Day means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York State are authorized or required by law to remain closed .

Change of Control ” means shall mean (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (with respect to which less than a majority of the outstanding voting power (or economic interests) of the surviving or consolidated entity immediately after such merger or consolidation is held by the shareholders of the Company and their Affiliates immediately prior to such merger or consolidation), (ii) the sale or transfer of properties or assets

ACTIVE/89885902.3


 

of the Company representing greater than fifty percent (50%) of the properties or assets of the Company, (iii) any purchase by any party (or group of affiliated parties) of direct or indirect equity interests in the Company (either through a negotiated purchase of such interests or securities or a tender for such interests), the effect of which is that such party (or group of Affiliated parties) that did not beneficially own a majority of the voting power (or economic interests) of the outstanding shares of the Company immediately prior to such purchase beneficially owns at least a majority of such voting power (or economic interests) immediately after such purchase.

Company ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Letter Agreement.

Credit Period ” means the period commencing on the date hereof and ending upon the earliest to occur of (i) the occurrence of an Equity Event (hereafter defined), (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default (hereinafter defined), and (iii) June 30, 2018 .

Equity Event ” means any issuance or related series of issuances of Securities by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Company or such Subsidiary receives gross proceeds of at least $1,000,000.

Equity Event Documents ” means the instruments and agreements executed and delivered by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with an Equity Event.

Equity Event Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 7(i) of this Letter Agreement.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8 of this Letter Agreement.

Executive Order ” has the meaning specified in Section 19 of this Letter Agreement.

Facility Amount has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Letter Agreement.

GAAP ” has the meaning specified in Section 7(a)(i) of this Letter Agreement.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning specified in Section 22 of this Letter Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement between Stillwater and R&R in the form of Exhibit D annexed hereto.

Lien means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit or preferential arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or other security agreement or security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital or financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

2


 

Line ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Letter Agreement.

Loan Document(s) ” means, collectively, this Letter Agreement, the Note, the Intercreditor Agreement, and each of the other agreements, instruments and documents from time to time executed and delivered in connection herewith and therewith.

Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.

Material Adverse Effect   means any change, effect, event, development, circumstance or occurrence (each, an “ Effect ”) that is materially adverse to (i) the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Company, or (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents; provided ,   however , that in no event shall any Effect, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been, is or would be, a Material Adverse Effect to the extent resulting from: (A) any change in general economic, market or political conditions; (B) any change in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”) or other accounting standards or interpretations thereof, or any change in Applicable Law to the extent such change is generally applicable and not specifically directed at the Company; (C) any actual or threatened act of war (whether or not declared), armed hostilities, sabotage or terrorism, or any actual or threatened material escalation or worsening of any such events, or any national disaster or any national or international calamity; (D) any failure, in and of itself, to meet internal or published projections, forecasts, targets or revenue or earnings predictions for any period, as well as any change, in and of itself, by the Company in any projections, forecasts, targets or revenue or earnings predictions for any period; or (E) any change in the price or trading volume of the Common Stock or any failure to meet publicly announced revenue or earnings projections; provided further that, in the case of each of the foregoing “(D)” and “(E)”, that the underlying causes of such failure or change (to the extent not otherwise falling within one of the other exceptions in this proviso) may constitute or be taken into account in determining whether there has been, is, or would be, a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3 of this Letter Agreement.

Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(b) of this Letter Agreement.

Organizational Documents ”   shall mean as to any Person which is (i) a corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws of such Person, (ii) a limited liability company, the limited liability company agreement or similar agreement of such Person, (iii) a partnership, the partnership agreement or similar agreement of such Person, or (iv) any other form of entity or organization, the organizational documents analogous to the foregoing .

Origination Fee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 4 .

Over advance Condition ” shall mean the Company is unable to borrow further amounts from R&R pursuant to the terms of the R&R Agreements.

3


 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean the liens of Stillwater granted under the Loan Documents and any other liens, if any, des cribed on the attached Exhibit E .  

Person ” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a trust or unincorporated organization, a joint stock company or other similar organization, a government or any political subdivision thereof, a court, or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

R&R ” means Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc.

R&R Agreements ” means the agreements and instruments executed and delivered by the Company in favor of R&R in effect from time to time.

Securities ” when used with respect to a Person, means common stock, preferred stock, warrants or other equity or equity-linked securities (or instruments convertible into equity securities) of that Person.

Stillwater ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Letter Agreement.

Subsidiary ”   of a Person means any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of which, or any partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity any more than 50% of the total equity interests of which, is directly or indirectly owned by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person .

Singular and plural forms of the above terms shall have their correlative meanings, as the case may be.

2. Procedure as to Advances .

(a) Availability .  Advances against the Line ( Loans ) shall be available for  working capital needs of the Company and for general corporate purposes, subject to the Company s satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 9 and 10 hereof; provided that (i) the Company may only borrow up to $2,000,000 unless an Overadvance Condition is occurring, in which case the Company may borrow up to the full Facility Amount   and (ii) the aggr egate outstanding principal amount of the Loan s at any time outstanding shall not exceed the F acility Amount.  All Loans shall be in the principal amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple thereof; provided that the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Loans shall not exceed the Facility Amount; and provided further that Stillwater may make Loans in excess of the Facility Amount in Stillwater’s sole and absolute discretion.

(b) Notice of Borrowin g Loans shall be made by Stillwater to the Company upon the Company ’s prior written request to Stillwater in the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto, and each Loan shall be made in accordance with the terms of a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B , to be executed in connection with each Loan under the Line (as amended, replaced or modified from time to time, collectively referred to as the Not e ), duly executed by an au thorized officer of the Company.   The Company shall make no more than one (1) request for a Loan in any calendar month.

4


 

3. Maturity; Repayment .  No Loans shall be made after the expiration of the Credit Period, and all Loans shall mature and be immediately repayable upon the date (the “ Maturity Date ”) that is the earliest to occur of (i) June 30, 2020, (ii) the closing date of any issuance or related series of issuances of Securities by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Company or such Subsidiary receives gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 , and (iii) the occurrence of an Event of Default .  The Credit Period may be renewed or extended   in the sole and absolute discretion of Stillwater .  Loans may be repaid upon not less than one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice to Stillwater without premium or penalty in minimum increments of $250,000 (or integral multiples thereof) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the then outstanding principal balance of all Loans, and shall be repaid no later than three (3) Business Days following receipt by the Company or any Subsidiary of any proceeds received by the Company or any Subsidiary upon the occurrence of an Equity Event to the extent of the lesser of (i) the then outstanding balance of all Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees, costs and expenses  payable in connection with this Letter Agreement and (ii) the net proceeds realized by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with such Equity Event.  Once repaid, Loans may not be reborrowed.  On not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to Stillwater, the Company may terminate this Agreement, provided that all Loans, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees and charges payable pursuant to this Letter Agreement, are fully and indefeasibly repaid. 

4. Interest and Fees Loans shall be further subject to the terms and conditions of the Note, and Stillwater shall charge and shall be entitled to receive the following :



(a) Interest .   Loans sha ll bear interest at a fixed rate equal to six percent (6.00 % ) per annum, payable in kind Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all Loans shall bear interest at a fixed rate of eleven percent (11.00%) per annum.

(b) Origination Fee As additional consideration for the Line, the Compan y   shall pay to Stillwater a non-refundable origination fee in the amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and deliver to Stillwater an executed warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Warrant ”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C   ( collectively, the Origination Fee ), which shall be due and payable, and be deemed earned, upon the Compan y’s acceptance of the terms and conditions hereof .

(c) Anniversary Fee As additional consideration for the Line, with respect to each Loan, the Company shall pay to Stillwater, one hundred and eighty (180) days after each Loan is made (the “ First Anniversary Date ”) , and then each ninety ( 90 ) days thereafter (each a “ Renewal Date ” and together with the First Anniversary Date , an “ Anniversary Date ”) , a non-refundable fee (each an Anniversary Fee ) , equal to two percent (2%) of the p rincipal balance of such Loan outstanding on such Anniversary Date ,   which Anniversary Fee shall be due and payable, and be deemed earned, on such Anniversary Date; provided that a final Anniversary Fee equal to (2%) of the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Maturity Date shall be due and payable upon the Maturity Date Notwithstanding the foregoing , the Anniversary Fee payable on the First Anniversary Date of each Loan shall be two percent (2%) of the original principal amount thereof (whether or not any portion of such Loan has been repaid).

5


 

(d) Draw Fee As additional consideration for the Line, the Compan y shall pay to Stillwater a non-refundable fee in the amount of two percent (2%) of the amount of each Loan (the Draw Fee ), which shall be due and payable , and be deemed earned, upon the making of such Loan and shall be deducted by Stillwater from the proceeds thereof.

(e) Costs and Expenses .  The Company shall pay Stillwater’s reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents or Equity Event Documents, all amendments, modifications, supplements, restatements and waivers of any provisions of any Loan Documents or Equity Event Documents , and the subsequent enforcement, if required, of the rights and remedies of Stillwater under the Loan Documents or Equity Event Documents and any assignee of Stillwater with respect to any Loan Documents or Equity Event Documents .  

5. Collateral All of the Obligations  s hall be unsecured .  

6. Representations and Warranties The Company hereby represents and warrants to Stillwater that:

(a) The Company and each Subsidiary is duly and validly organized, existing and in good standing   under the law of the State of Delaware and is in good standing and duly   licensed or qualified to transact business in each other state where failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company has full power to execute, deliver and perform this Letter Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents and to obtain Loans hereunder. The Company’s execution and performance of this Letter Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, and each borrowing hereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and, as of the time of obtaining any Loan hereunder will not, violate any provision of law or of its or any Subsidiary’s Organizational Documents, or result in the breach of or constitute a default under or require any consent under any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which either the Company or any Subsidiary or their respective property is bound or affected.  All consents or approvals of any state, federal or other governmental agency or authority, if any, required in order to permit the Company to enter into this Letter Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents and obtain Loans hereunder have been obtained and remain in full force and effect.

(b) Each of this Letter Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents to which the Company is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other rights affecting creditors’ rights generally.

(c) Other than as set forth in Note 8 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company’s quarterly report filed on Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2016 (for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2016) (the “ Disclosed Litigation ”), there are no suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of the Company threatened, against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6


 

(d) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is not in default beyond all applicable cure and grace periods under any material mortgage, indenture, contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound including, but not limited to, the R&R Agreements.  The execution, delivery or carrying out of the terms of this Letter Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document to which the Company is a party will not constitute a default under any such mortgage, indenture, contract or agreement, or result in the creation or imposition of, or obligation to create, any lien upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, or result in a breach of or require the mandatory repayment of or other acceleration of payment under or pursuant to the terms of any such mortgage, indenture, contract or agreement.

(e) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary nor any Person controlled by, controlling, or under common control with, the Company, is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(f) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock”, as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time).  No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for a purpose that violates any law, rule or regulation of any governmental authority, including, without limitation, the provisions of Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(g) The Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any governmental authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) No Event of Default has occurred and no event has occurred which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

(i) On the occasion of the extending of each Loan hereunder, all representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct and with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the extension of such Loan, except to the extent such representations and warranties by their express terms relate to an earlier date , in which event such representations and warranties shall continue to be true as of such earlier date .

7. Other Conditions and Covenants .  In addition to the foregoing, at all times during the Credit Period and as long as any Loan remains outstanding, the Company shall:

(a) Furnish to Stillwater (either directly or by making publicly available through the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“ EDGAR ”) operated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ):

(i) Within ninety (90 ) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company , an audited financial statement of the Company setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail prepared in accordance with generally  

7


 

accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States of America (“ GAAP ”) applied on a basis consistently maintained throughout the periods involved;

(ii) Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company, the management prepared combined financial statements consisting of the balance sheet, statement of income and cash flows of the Company as of the last day and for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then elapsed, all such statements to be prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) and certified by the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company;

Each of the financial statements specified in sub paragraph (i) and (ii) above shall be   prepared on a consolidated basis with each Subsidiary, subj ect to annual audit adjustments, may omit f ootnotes (with respect to the foregoing “(ii)” only) and shall be accompanied by a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Company   to the effect that such statements fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statements and results of the operations of the Company and such Subsidiaries for the period(s) then ended in accordance with GAAP (which Stillwater agrees shall be satisfied by the certifications filed with the applicable report on EDGAR) and certifying that no Event of Default exists ( or if an Event of Default exists, the nature thereof and the actions the Company is taking in respect thereof ).  

(iii) Monthly, within five (5) Business Days after the end of each month, a projection of the Company’s cash requirements for the succeeding three (3) month period.

(iv) Within five (5) Business D ays after any officer of the Company shall obtain knowledge of any Event of Default , a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company setting forth th e details thereof and the action which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(v) Promptly upon request, such other statements and reports as shall be reasonably requested by Stillwater in writing.

(b) Except for (i) indebtedness owing to Stillwater, (ii) indebtedness owed to R&R under the R&R Agreements, accrued interest on such indebtedness at the non-default rate provided for thereunder, and recurring fees chargeable thereunder, (iii) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) indebtedness owing to a lessor(s) with respect to a Permitted Lien, not incur or permit to exist any indebtedness for borrowed money or the purchase price of assets.

(c) Except for obligations owing to (i) Stillwater and (ii) R&R, not assume, endorse, be or become liable for or guarantee the obligations of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, individual or other entity, excluding the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

(d) Not (i) enter into any merger or consolidation unless (A) the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation and (B) after giving effect to any such transaction, no Event of Default shall exist, (ii) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself or sell, transfer or lease or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of its assets, (iii) purchase any of its outstanding

8


 

equity interests, or (iv) lend or advance credit, property or money to any party other than  advances to employees for business expenses and advances in the ordinary course of business.

(e) Except for Permitted Liens, not allow the mortgage or pledge of, or creation of a security interest in or Lien upon, any of its or its Subsidiaries’ assets.

(f) Not cause or permit any of the R&R Agreements to be amended, or enter into any additional agreements with R&R, in each case, in a manner that extends the maturity date of the Company’s obligations thereunder or increases the amount the Company may borrow thereunder.

(g) Not declare, pay or make any distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any equity interest or any redemption or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition, direct or indirect, of any equity interest, or become liable in respect of any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem, acquire or make any other payment in respect of its equity interests or any option or other right to acquire any such equity interests.

(h) Permit Stillwater and any representatives designated by it, upon not less than one (1) Business Day’s notice and during normal business hours, to review the Company’s and each Subsidiary’s books and records and to visit and inspect its properties ;   provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Stillwater shall have the right to review the books and records of the Company and visit and inspect its properties at such times as Stillwater shall reasonably require.

(i) Use its best efforts to cause an Equity Event to be consummated in accordance with Section 21(c) hereof within one hundred twenty (180) days after the first Loan is made (the “ Equity Event Period ”), and if an Equity Event is not consummated within the Equity Event Period and either (i) any Loans are outstanding or (ii) the Credit Period has not terminated, then to use its best efforts to consummate a registered rights offering with the SEC to all holders of Securities of the Company within 90 days of the expiration of the Equity Event Period.

(j) Not make any material change in the nature of its operations as carrie d on at the date hereof or change its fiscal year .

8. Events of Default .  Upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) default by the Company (i) in making any payment of principal, when due, or (ii) in making any payment of interest   or any other sum payable under this Letter Agreement or the Note when due; or

(b) default by the Company in the due payment of any other obligation owing to Stillwater after giving effect to any applicable notice or cure periods; or

(c) the Company failing to perform any condition or obligation described in this Letter Agreement or in any other Loan Document or instrument executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Letter Agreement within the time periods specified, and if

9


 

no time period is otherwise specified, such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Stillwater;

(d) default by the Company in the due payment of any other indebtedness for borrowed money or default in an amount exceeding $ 50,000   in the observance or performance of any covenant or condition contained in any agreement or instrument evidencing, securing, or relating to any such indebtedness, which causes the acceleration of the maturity thereof, in any case, after giving effect to any applicable grace and cure periods;

(e) any representation or warranty made by the Company herein, in the Note or in any other Loan Document or any certificate furnished by the Company, as the case may be, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, proves untrue in any material respect as of the date made;

(f) the Company or any Subsidiary becomes insolvent or bankrupt, is generally not paying its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a trustee or receiver is appointed for the Company or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case with the consent of the Company or such Subsidiary, or if appointed without the consent of the Company or such Subsidiary, such trustee or receiver is not discharged within sixty (60) days; or bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceedings are instituted by or against the Company  or any Subsidiary under the laws of any jurisdiction, and if instituted against the Company or such Subsidiary, are consented to by it or remain undismissed for sixty (60) days, or a writ or warrant of attachment or similar process shall be issued against a substantial part of the properties of the Company or any Subsidiary and shall not be released or bonded within ten (10) days after levy, or any garnishment, levy, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process shall be issued and served against Stillwater or any Subsidiary, which garnishment, levy, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process relates to property of the Company or such Subsidiary;

(g) any final judgment(s) against the Company or any Subsidiary ( to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance or bonded) , other than the Disclosed Litigation, individually or in the aggregate in excess of $ 50 ,000 , or any attachment, levy or execution against any of its properties with respect to c laims aggregating in excess of $5 0,000 , shall remain unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged, unbonded or undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days or more; or

(h) any Change of Control shall occur;

then, in any such event, any or all of the following actions may be taken: Stillwater may in its sole discretion, and without presentment, demand, protest or notice to the Company, all of which are hereby waived, (i) declare all sums outstanding under the Loans and all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities owing in connection therewith due and payable and the same shall forthwith become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice, (ii) curtail or terminate Stillwater’s obligation to make any Loans, and (iii) enforce all rights and remedies against the Company and each Subsidiary available to Stillwater at law, in equity, by contract, or otherwise including, but not limited to, the appointment of a receiver.

10


 

In addition, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in subsection 7(f), the Line shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Company accrued under the Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company.



9. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Letter Agreement This Letter Agreement shall not become effective unless and until the following conditions have been fulfilled to the sole and absolute satisfaction of Stillwater :

(a) Stillwater shall have received a certificate, dated the date of this Letter Agreement, of an officer in the Company:   (i) attaching a true and complete copy of a ll action taken by its board of directors in accordance with its Organizational Documents to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Letter Agreement and the other Loan Documents ; (ii) attaching a true and complete copy of its   Organizational Documents (and all amendments thereto) ;   and (iii) setting forth the incumbency of its officers authorized to sign any and all documents to be delivered by it or as required or contemplated hereunder, including therein a signature specimen of such partners .

(b) There shall have been executed by the Company, and delivered to Stillwater this Letter Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement .

(c) The Company shall have received all of the consents, approvals and waivers, necessary for the Company to enter into this Letter Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(d) Stillwater shall have received the Origination Fee.

(e) All out-of-pocket e xpenses associated with the transactions contemplated by this Letter Agreement  i ncluding, without limitation, all reasonable fees of Stillwater’ s counsel, shall have been paid by the Company.

(f) All other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Letter Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Stillwater and its counsel.

10. Conditions to All Loans The obligation of Stillwater to make any Loan (including the initial Loan) hereunder is, in addition to the conditions set forth in Section 9 above, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent in the sole and absolute discretion of Stillwater:

(a) The Company shall have delivered to Stillwater a borrow ing notice   and Note pursuant to Se ction 2 (b), duly executed by an authorized signatory of the Company ;

(b) The representations and warranties made by the Company herein, in any Loan Document or which are contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in connection herewith, shall be correct on and as of the date of such extension of credit as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representation

11


 

and warranty specifically relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty shall have been true and correct on and as of such earlier date; and

(c) No Event of Default or default which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect to the extension of credit to be made on such date.

The acceptance by the Company of the proceeds of a Loan shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company as of the date of each such Loan that the conditions in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above have been satisfied.

11. Successors and Assigns .  Neither the Company nor Stillwater may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Letter Agreement; however, Stillwater may assign its rights (including any Note and its rights thereunder) but not its obligations hereunder, and the Company agrees that it shall execute, or cause to be executed, such documents, including without limitation, amendments to any documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection herewith as Stillwater shall deem necessary to effect the foregoing.  In addition, at the request of Stillwater and any such Assignee, the Company shall issue one or more new Notes, as applicable, to any such Assignee and, if Stillwater has retained any of its rights and obligations hereunder following such assignment, to Stillwater, which new Note(s) shall be issued in replacement of, but not in discharge of, the liability evidenced by the Note held by Stillwater prior to such assignment and shall reflect the amount of the respective commitments and loans held by such Assignee and Stillwater after giving effect to such assignment.  Upon the execution and delivery of appropriate assignment documentation, amendments and any other documentation required by Stillwater in connection with such assignment, and the payment by Assignee of the purchase price agreed to by Stillwater and such Assignee, such Assignee shall have all of the rights and obligations of Stillwater thereunder to the extent that such rights and obligations have been assigned by Stillwater pursuant to the assignment documentation between Stillwater and such Assignee.  Stillwater may furnish any information concerning the Company in its possession from time to time to prospective Assignees, provided that Stillwater shall require any such prospective Assignee to agree in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information.

12. Maximum Permissible Rate All agreements between the Company and Stillwater are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration of maturity of the indebtedness evidenced hereby or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Stillwater for the use or the availability of the Line or the Loans exceed the maximum permissible under applicable law.  As used herein, the term applicable law shall mean the law in effect as of the date hereof; provided, however, that in the event there is a change in the law which results in a higher permissible rate of interest, then this Letter Agreement and the Note shall be governed by such new law as of its effective date.  In this regard, it is expressly agreed that it is the intent of the Company and Stillwater in the execution, delivery and acceptance of this Letter Agreement to contract in strict compliance with the laws of the State of New York from time to time in effect.  If, under or from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof or any security documentation in connection herewith at the time of performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of such validity prescribed by applicable law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to the limits of such validity, and if under or from circumstances whatsoever Stillwater should ever receive as

12


 

interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance evidenced hereby and not to the payment of interest.  This provision shall control every other provision of all agreements between the Company and Stillwater.

13. Note Replacement .  Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of Stillwater as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note executed in connection herewith and, in the case of any such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of any Note, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like terms and tenor.

14. Further Assurances .  At any time after the date hereof, at the reasonable request of Stillwater, the Company shall do or cause to be done all such further acts, and shall execute and deliver such further instruments, assignments, transfers, conveyances, or documents, as may reasonably be required in order to implement and carry out the intent and purpose of this Letter Agreement and any documents executed in connection herewith.

15. Governing Law This Letter Agreement, the other Loan Documents and each Loan hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (excluding the laws applicable to conflicts or choice of law) and the Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States federal courts and the courts of the State of New York located in New York City.

16. Survival All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Company herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Letter Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by Stillwater and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Document s and the extensions of c redit contemplated thereby, regardless of any investigation made by Stillwater or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Stillwater may have had notice or knowledge of any Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any Loan is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under the Loan Documents is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Line has not expired or terminated .

17. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE COMPANY AND STILLWATER MUTUALLY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LETTER AGREEMENT, THE NOTE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY.  THIS WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR STILLWATER TO HOLD AVAILABLE THE LINE AND TO MAKE LOANS FROM TIME TO TIME.



18. N otices All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties to the Loan Documents to be effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise expressly provided

13


 

herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (i) when delivered by hand, (ii) five days after having been deposited with the United States Postal Service as certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with first-class postage and fees prepaid, or (iii) on the next business day after being consigned, for next business day delivery, to Federal Express or another comparable overnight courier service, addressed to the parties at their respective addresses first set forth above .  Any party to a Loan Document may change its address for notices by giving notice to each of the other parties as provided in this Section 19 , but such notice shall not be effective against any such party until actually received.  Any party to a Loan Document may rely on signatures thereon which are transmitted by fax or other electronic means as fully as if manually signed .

19. Government Regulations; USA PATRIOT Act .  

(a) None of the Company nor any of its Affiliates: (a) is a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals or Blocked Persons maintained by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time; (b) is (i) an agency of the government of a country, (ii) an organization controlled by a country, or (iii) a person resident in a country that is subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time, as such program may be applicable to such agency, organization or person; or (c) derives any of its assets or operating income from investments in or transactions with any such country, agency, organization or person; and none of the proceeds from the Loans will be used to finance any operations, investments or activities in, or make any payments to, any such country, agency, organization, or person.



(b) The Company shall (i) ensure that no person who owns an interest in or otherwise controls the Company is or shall be listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List or other similar lists maintained by OFAC, the Department of the Treasury or included in any Executive Order of the President of the United States of America (an “ Executive Order ”), that prohibits or limits Stillwater from making any advance or extension of credit to the Company or from otherwise conducting business with the Company, and (ii) ensure that the proceeds of any Loan shall not be used to violate any of the foreign asset control regulations of OFAC or any enabling statute or Executive Order relating thereto.  Further, the Company shall comply with all applicable Stillwater Secrecy Act laws and regulations, as amended.

Stillwater hereby notifies the Company that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company, which information includes the name and address of the Company and other information that will allow Stillwater to identify the Company in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.



20. Additional Covenants Pertaining to Equity Events :

(a) Unless prohibited by the NYSE-MKT, in the event that prior to the termination of this Agreement the Company consummates an Equity Event, Stillwater shall have the option but not the obligation to purchase its Pro-Rata Portion (as defined below) of such

14


 

Securities.  For purposes hereof, “ Pro Rata Portion ” of a stockholder shall mean a percentage equal to the quotient of (X) the aggregate number of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred stock , par value $ 0 .001 per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), held by such stockholder of the Company on the record date used to calculate the minimum number of Securities each existing stockholder is entitled to purchase in the Offer (the “ Record Date ”), plus the aggregate number of shares of Common stock , par value $ 0 .001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), held by such stockholder of the Company and its affiliates on the Record Date, divided by (Y) the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred S tock outstanding on the Record Date plus the aggregate number of shares of Common   S tock outstanding on the Record Date (for illustrative purposes only, if the Record Date were March 15, 2017, Stillwater’s Pro Rata Portion would equal [●]).

(b) Stillwater shall be entitled to set-off the purchase price of any Securities purchased by it in connection with the Warrant or any Equity Event against amounts owed to Stillwater in connection with one or more Loans.

21. I ntegration; Amendment . This Letter Agreement and the other Loan Documents express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and all prior agreements and understandings between the parties are hereby merged into this Letter Agreement and said other Loan Documents. Neither this Letter Agreement nor any other Loan Agreement (nor any provision hereof or thereof) may be amended or waived except in a writing signed by the parties hereto.

22. Indemnification .  The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and defend Stillwater and its  members, managers, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys, and each of them (each an “ Indemnified Party ”), and to hold each Indemnified Party harmless from and against, any loss, liability, damage, claim or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of one counsel) arising out of this Letter Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby, or any of them, except to the extent caused solely by Stillwater’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  This Section 22 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of (i) Stillwater’s obligations to make Loans, (ii) the Loan Documents, and (iii) the repayment of all Loans and the performance of the Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

*     *     *

15


 

EXHIBIT 10.32

Very truly yours,

STILLWATER TRUST LLC

By :

Name:

Title: 

A ccepted and Agreed

as of the   24th   day of March, 2017 :

eMAGIN CPRPORATION



By:  ___________________________

Name:  

Signature Page to Line Agreement


 

EXHIBIT A



FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST

_____________ __, 20 1_ _

Stillwater Trust LLC

655 Madison Avenue, 20 th Floor

New York, New York 10065



Attention:  ______________________

Reference is made to the Line of Credit Letter Agreement dated March __ ,   2017 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Line Agreement ), between eMAGIN CORPORATION (the “ Company )   and STILLWATER TRUST LLC (“ Stillwater ), pursuant to which Stillwater   maintains a certain line of credit in favor of the Company.  Capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Line Agreement shall have the meanings therein defined.

1. The Company hereby requests that Stillwater make a Loan to the Company under the Line Agreement on _____________ __, 2 0__ (the Borrowing Date ) in the amount of $_____________ the (“ Loan Amount ”).

2. The account to which funds are to be disbursed is the following:

[INSERT WIRE INSTRUCTIONS]



3. The Company hereby represents and warrants that on the Borrowing D ate after giving effect to the Loan to be made on such date, (i) the Company shall be in compliance with all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Loan Documents, (ii) there shall exist no Event of Default, and (iii) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on such Borrowing Date, except to the extent the same relate solely to an earlier dat e.

4 . Stillwater is hereby authorized to deduct and retain from the Loan Amount the applicable Draw Fee, the installment of the Anniversary Fee next coming due and all costs and expenses payable to Stillwater pursuant to the Line Agreement (to the extent not previously paid).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this letter as of the date and year first written above.

          eMAGIN CORPORATION



  By:  ___________________________

Name:  

Title:  

 

 


 

 

EXHIBI T B



Note



(see annexed)

 


 

 

EXHIBI T C



Warrant



(see annexed)

 


 

 

EXHIBI T D



Intercreditor Agreement



(see annexed)

 


 

 

EXHIBIT E



Permitted Liens



(a) the security interests and liens of Stillwater ;



(b) liens securing the payment of taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies either not yet overdue or the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and available to such Company or Guarantor, as the case may be and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books;



(c) non-consensual statutory liens (other than liens securing the payment of taxes) arising in the ordinary course of such Company's or  Guarantor’s business to the extent: (i) such liens secure indebtedness which is not overdue or (ii) such liens secure indebtedness relating to claims or liabilities which are fully insured and being defended at the sole cost and expense and at the sole risk of the insurer or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and available to such Company or Guarantor, in each case prior to the commencement of foreclosure or other similar proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside on its books;



(d) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants and other restrictions affecting the use of real property which do not interfere in any material respect with the use of such real property or ordinary conduct of the business of such Company as presently conducted thereon or materially impair the value of the real property which may be subject thereto;



(e) purchase money security interests in machinery and equipment (including capital leases where the landlord has signed a subordination agreement/waiver acceptable to Stillwater );



(f) pledges and deposits of cash by any Company or Guarantor after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security benefits consistent with the current practices of such Company or Guarantor as of the date hereof;



(g) pledges and deposits of cash by Company after the date hereof to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, trade contracts (other than for the repayment of indebtedness), statutory obligations and other similar obligations in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with the current practices of Company as of the date hereof; provided, that, in connection with any performance bonds issued by a surety or other person, the issuer of such bond shall have waived in writing any rights in or to, or other interest in, any of the Collateral in an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Stillwater ;



(h) liens arising from (i) operating leases and the precautionary UCC financing statement filings (satisfactory to Stillwater ) in respect thereof and (ii) equipment or other materials which are not owned by Company located on the premises of the Company (but not in

 


 

 

connection with, or as part of, the financing thereof) from time to time in the ordinary course of business and consistent with current practices of the Company and the precautionary UCC financing statement filings (satisfactory to Stillwater ) in respect thereof;



(i) judgments and other similar liens arising in connection with court proceedings that do not constitute an Event of Default, provided, that, (i) such liens are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, (ii) adequate reserves or other appropriate provision, if any, as are required by GAAP have been made therefor, and (iii) a stay of enforcement of any such liens is in effect; and



(j) liens on proceeds of insurance in favor of CIT securing payment of the Company ’s premiums for insurance.

 


EXHIBIT 10.33

PROM ISSORY NOTE

$ 5,000,000   March 24 , 2017

FOR VALUE RECEIVED ,   eMAGIN CORPORATION ,   a Delaware corporation   ( the “ Borrower ”) ,   promises to pay to the order of STILLWATER TRUST LLC , having an office at 655 Madison Avenue, 20 th Floor, New York, New York 10065 (the "Payee" ), at such office of the Payee or at such other place as the holder hereof may from time   to time appoint in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, the principal sum of FIVE MILLION DOLLARS   or such lesser amount as may then be outstanding from time to time ( the   " Loan " ) as shown on the schedule attached to and made a part hereof .  

The Borrower also promises to pay , in kind by the issuance of additional Notes or a replacement Note, interest (computed on the basis of a 360 day year for actual days elapsed) at said office in like money on the unpaid principal amount of the Loan from time to time o utstanding at a rate per annum equal to six (6%) percent per annum.

Interest on the Loan   shall be payable as provided in the previous paragraph monthly on the first day of each month commencing the first such day to occur after a Loan is made hereunder and, together with principal, on the Maturity Date.

The Borrower further agrees that upon and following an Event of Default and/or after any stated or any accelerated maturity of Loans hereunder, all Loans shall bear interest (computed daily) a rate equal to eleven (11%) percent per annum, payable on demand . In no event shall interest payable hereunder be in excess of the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable la w . If any payment to be so made hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment sha ll be extended to the next prec eding Business Day .

All payments made in connection with this Note shall be made without counterclaim or setoff and free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding for, any taxes or other payments. All such payments shall be applied first to the payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts due to the Payee (excluding principal and interest), then to accrued interest, and the balance on account of outstanding principal; provided, however, that after the occurrence of an Event of Default, payments will be applied to the obligations of the Borrower to the Payee as the Payee determines in its sole and absolute discretion. The Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Payee to record on the attached schedule the amount and date of a Loan, and the date and amount of each payment of principal and interest . All such notations shall be presumptive as to the correctness thereof absent manifest error ; provided, however, the failure of the Payee to make any such notation shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Note.

The Borrower shall pay , within ten ( 10 ) Business Days of demand , all expenses of the Payee in connection with (i) the preparation, administration, default, collection, waiver or amendment of this Note or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii) the exercise of any conversion rights in favor of the Payee and/or its Affiliates under the Letter Agreement including, but not limited to, the preparation, administration, default, collection, waiver or amendment of any Equity Event Documents , and (iii)   the Payee' s exercise, preservation or enforcement of any of its rights,


 

remedies or opt ions hereunder and/or any Loan Documents and/or Equity Event Documents, including, without limitation, reasonable fees of outside legal counsel, accounting, consulting, brokerage or other similar reasonable professional fees or expenses, and any fees or expenses associated with travel or other costs relating to any appraisals or examinations conducted in connection with the Liabilities or any collateral therefor, and the amount of all such expenses shall, until paid, bear interest at the rate applicable to principal hereunder (including any default rate) and be an obligation secured by any collateral.

No waiver of any provision of this Note shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Payee , and the same shall then be effective only for the period and on the conditions and for the specific instances specified in such writing. No failure or delay by the Payee in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder   shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any rights, power or privilege.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, and any and all other notices or demands except as otherwise expressly provided for herein.

This Note and the other Loan Documents shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (excluding the laws applicable to conflicts or choice of law). The Borrower agrees that any suit for the enforcement of this Note or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in the courts of the State of New York located in New York County or any Federal court sitting therein and consents to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such court and service of process in any such suit being made upon the Borrower by certified mail , return receipt requested, at the address set forth in the first paragraph of this Note. The Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit or any   such court or that such suit is brought in an inconvenient forum.

All agreements between the Borrower (and each other party obligated for payment on this Note) and the Payee are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration of maturity of the indebtedness evidenced hereby or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to the Payee for the use or the forbearance of the indebtedness evidenced hereby exceed the maximum permissible under applicable law. As used herein, the term " applicable law " shall mean the law in effect as of the date hereof provided, however, that in the event there is a change in the law which results in a higher permissible maximum rate of interest, then this Note shall be governed by such new law as of its effective date. In this regard, it is expressly agreed that it is the intent of the Borrower and the Payee in the execution, delivery and acceptance of this Note to contract in strict compliance with the laws of the State of New York from time to time in effect. If, under or from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof of any of the Loan Documents at the time of performance of such provision shall be due,   shall involve transcending the limit of such validity prescribed by applicable law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall automatically be reduced to the limits of such validity, and if under or from circumstances whatsoever the Payee should ever receive as interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance evidenced hereby and

2

 


 

not to the payment of interest. This provision shall control every other provision of all agreements between the Borrower and each other party obligated on this Note and the Payee.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE BORROWER AND THE PAYEE (BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE) MUTUALLY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, AND THE BORROWER WAIVES THE RIGHT TO INTERPOSE ANY SET-OFF OR NON-COMPULS ORY COUNTERCLAIM, IN EACH CASE I N RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE AND/OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR   WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS OR ACTIONS OF THE PAYEE RELATING TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE LOANS OR ENFORCEMENT OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. THE BORROWER CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE PAYEE HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE PAYEE WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE T HE FOREGOING WAIVER. THIS WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PAYEE TO ACCEPT THIS NOTE AND MAKE THE LOANS.

Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of the Payee as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note or any other Loan Document which is not of public record, and, in the case of any such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of such Note or other security document, the Borrower will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note or other security document in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.

[no further text on this page]



3

 


 



This   Note is issued in accordance with that certain letter agreement dated as of March 24 , 2017 by and between the Borrower and the Payee (the “ Letter Agreement ”) and is entitled to the benefits of the Letter Agreement.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Note have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Letter Agreement.  Neither this Note nor any of such other Loan Documents may be amended or modified except by a written instrument describing such amendment or modification executed by the Borrower and the Payee .  

eMAGIN CORPORATION





By:  ___________________________

Name:  

Title  

 

4

 


 

EXHIBIT 10.33

LOANS AND REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

PROMISSORY NOTE DATED MARCH __, 2017

eMAGIN CORPORATION

IN FAVOR OF

STILLWATER TRUST LLC





Date

Amount of Loan

Amount of Principal Repayment

Amount of Interest PIK’ed

Unpaid Principal Balance

Notation Made By



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 


EXHIBIT 10.34

Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc.

1370 Broadway

New York, NY  10018





Date:   March   24 , 2017



Stillwater Trust LLC

655 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor

New York, New York 10065



RE: eMAGIN CORPORATION



Ladies and Gentlemen:



Rosenthal & Rosenthal, Inc. (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Senior Creditor ”) has entered into a   Financing Agreement (the “ Financing Agreement ”) and related agreements with eMagin Corporation   ( the Borrower ) pursuant to which it make s loans and advances to the Borrower   (the Financing Agreement and all related agreements, as they may be amended, supplemented , refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Senior Loan Documents ”), each of which is secured by a security interest in substantially all of the now owned and hereafter acquired assets   of the Borrower.



Senior Creditor understand s that Stillwater Trust LLC (the “ Junior Creditor ”) has entered and/or intend s to enter into financing arrangements with the Borrower (the “ Junior Loan Documents ”, and all indebtedness now or hereafter due to Junior Creditor from the Borrower, and all interest accrued or that may hereafter accrue thereon, together with all fees, charges and expenses payable by the Borrower to the Junior Creditor pursuant to the Junior Loan Documents are hereinafter referred to as the “ Junior Indebtedness ”).



Please sign below to confirm Junior Creditor’s agreement that , as an inducement to Senior Creditor continuing to finance the Borrower pursuant to the Financing Agreement ,   (i) so long as Senior Creditor has a security interest or other interest in any assets of the Borrower ,   (ii)   until inde feasible payment in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Financing Agreement )   of Borrower to Senior Creditor (the “ Senior Indebtedness ”) and (iii) until the irrevocable termination of the Senior Loan Documents ,   notwithstanding anything in the Junior Loan Documents to the c ontrary,   Junior Creditor agree s to the following:



(1)

Lien Subordination .  A ny security interest or lien Junior Creditor may now or hereafter have in any of the assets of the Borrower shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to Senior Creditor’s interest there in .

(2)

Payment Subordination .  All Junior Indebtedness now or hereafter due to Junior Creditor shall not be payable, and no payment on account of the Junior Indebtedness, shall be received, accepted or retained by Junior Creditor (other than the accumulation of PIK interest), without the prior written consent of Senior Creditor .    

Should any payment or distribution or security or proceeds on or for the Junior Indebtedness be received by Junior for or on account of the Junior Indebtedness , prior to the satisfaction of the Obligations, Junior Creditor will forthwith assign, endorse and

[Subordination Agreement]


 

deliver same to Senior Creditor , in precisely the form received (except for Junior Creditor's endorsement where necessary), for application to payment of the Obligations, and until so delivered, same shall be held in trust by Junior Creditor as the property of Senior Creditor ; in the event of the failure of Junior Creditor to endorse or assign any security or instrument for the payment of money   so received by Junior Creditor or payable to Junior Creditor's order, Senior Creditor or any officer or employee thereof is hereby irrevocably constituted and appointed attorney-in-fact for Junior Creditor, with full power to make any such endorsement or assignment and with full power of substitution.

(3)

Limitation on Acceleration and Remedies .  No h older of Junior Indebtedness shall be entitled to (i) exercise any r emedies as a l ender or commence any other action or proceeding to recover any amounts due or to become due with respect to the Junior Indebtedness, and/or (ii) contest, protest, or object, and will be deemed to have consented , including, without limitation, pursuant to section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, to a sale, transfer or other disposition (or process resulting in the foregoing) of any of the Borrower’s assets if Senior Creditor consent s to such disposition , and agrees that to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to pay the Senior Indebtedness,   such disposition shall be free and clear of any liens or other interests of any holder of Junior Indebtedness .

(4)

Information Junior Creditor will render to Senior Creditor upon demand from time to time a statement of the unpaid balance of the Junior Indebtedness .

(5)

Transfers A ny transferee from Junior Creditor   of any Junior I ndebtedness shall, prior to acquiring such interest, execute and deliver a counterpart of this agreement to Senior Creditor .

(6)

Additional Agreements .  In the event that the indebtedness owing under the Senior Loan Documents is refinanced in full or in part by another party, Junior Creditor agree s at the request of such refinancing party to enter into a subordination and intercreditor agreement on terms substantially similar to this agreement.

The priorities and provisions referred to above shall apply at all times, whether before, during or after the pendency of any bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding relating to the Borrower, and notwithstanding the priorities that ordinarily would result under the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable law from the order of granting or perfecting of any security interests referred to herein.



Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph s 2 and 3 above (but subject to the other provisions of this agreement), provided that no D efault under and as defined in the Senior Loan Documents has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom ,   Borrower may pay , and Junior Creditor may receive and retain, (i) the Origination Fee, the Anniversary Fee and the Draw Fee (as those terms are defined in the Junior Loan Documents)   and (ii) the costs , expenses and charges payable under the Junior Loan Documents , together in each case with any amounts thereof previously due and payable which were unpaid due to the restriction on payment s contained in this sentence In add ition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, provided that no Default under and as defined in the Senior Loan Documents has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, Borrower may repay all or any portion of the Junior Indebtedness with the proceeds of an Equity Event (as defined in the Junior Loan Documents).  Further, Junior Creditor may at any time, (i) file a proof of claim or statement of interest, vote on a plan of reorganization (including a vote to accept or reject a plan of partial or complete liquidation, reorganization, arrangement,

[Subordination Agreement] 2


 

composition, or extension), and make other filings, arguments, and motions, with respect to any assets of the Borrower in any Insolvency Proceeding (as defined below) commenced by or against the Borrower; (ii ) [intentionally omitted] ; (iii) file necessary pleadings in opposition to a claim objecting to or otherwise seeking the disallowance of any lien Junior Creditor may have on any assets of the Borrower ; (iv) join (but not exercise any control over) a judicial foreclosure or lien enforcement proceeding with respect to any assets of the Borrower initiated by Senior Creditor , to the extent that such action could not reasonably be expected to interfere materially therewith (but Junior Creditor may not receive any proceeds thereof unless expressly permitted herein); (v) bid for or purchase any assets of the Borrower at any public, private, or judicial foreclosure upon any such assets of the Borrower initiated by Senior Creditor , or any sale of any assets of the Borrower during an Insolvency Proceeding; (vi) exercise any rights and remedies that could be exercised by an unsecured creditor against Borrower, provided that any judgment lien obtained by Junior Creditor as a result of such exercise of rights will be subject to this Agreement for all purposes. Further, n otwiths tanding anything set forth contained in this agreement , nothing shall prohibit the Junior Creditor from receiving payments of principal, interest or amounts otherwise due it under the Junior Loan Documents in PIK notes, common or preferred stock or any other securities of the Borrower (including equity-linked securities or instruments convertible into equity securities) , or converting the obligations under the Junior Loan Documents to stock or  other securities of the Borrower (including equity-linked securities or instruments convertible into equity securities) , or setting off against amounts due it under the Junior Loan Documents any amounts it may owe to the Borrower, whether with respect to its purchase of any stock or other securities of the Borrower (including equity-linked securities or instruments convertible into equity securities) or otherwise.



Insolvency Proceeding means (i) a voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Borrower, (ii) any other voluntary or involuntary insolvency, reorganization, or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization, or other similar case or proceeding with respect to the Borrower or a material portion of its property, (iii) a liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or winding up of the Borrower, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (iv) an assignment for the benefit of creditors.



JUNIOR CREDITOR AND BORROWER AGREE THAT THEIR BOOKS AND RECORDS WILL APPROPRIATELY SHOW THAT THE JUNIOR INDEBTEDNESS IS SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT.  JUNIOR CREDITOR AND BORROWER WAIVE A TRIAL BY JURY AND A RIGHT TO INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OR OFFSET OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBORDINATION.  In the event Senior Creditor shall retain or engage an attorney or attorneys to enforce or protect our interest s with respect to this agreement , all of the costs and expenses of such enforcement or protection, including reasonable attorneys' fees, shall be additional Senior Indebtedness subject to this agreement .



Junior Creditor agrees that it shall not assign or transfer any of the Junior Indebtedness without (i) prior notice being given to Senior Creditor and (ii) such assignment or transfer being made expressly subject to the terms of this a greement.  Junior Creditor agrees Junior Creditor further warrants to Senior Creditor that it has full right, power and authority to enter into this a greement.



In the event of a breach by either Junior Creditor or the Borrower in the performance of any of the terms of this agreement, all of the Obligations shall, any other agreement to the

[Subordination Agreement] 3


 

contrary notwithstanding and without notice or demand, become immediately due and payable, at our option.



No waiver shall be deemed to be made by Senior Creditor of any of its rights hereunder unless same shall be in writing and each waiver, if any, shall be a waiver only with respect to the specific instance involved and shall in no way impair Senior Creditor’s rights and/or the obligations of Borrower to it in any other respect or at any other time, nor shall same establish a course of conduct.  This agreement may not be modified or amended without the prior written consent of Senior Creditor .



Each of Junior Creditor and Borrower hereby irrevocab ly consents to the jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York located in the County of New York and of any Federal Court located in such State or County in connection with any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agreement or the Junior Indebtedness .  In any such litigation such Junior Creditor or Borrower , as the case may be, waives personal service of any summons, complaint or other process and agrees that the service thereof may be made by certified or registered mail directed to such party at the last known address appearing on the records of Senior Creditor .  Within 30 days after such mailing, the party so served shall appear or answer to such summons, complaint or other process.  Should the party so served fail to appear or answer within said 30-day period, such party shall be deemed in default and judgment may be entered by Senior Creditor against such party for the amount as demanded in any summons, complaint or other process so served.



This agreement is entered into solely for the purposes set forth herein, and except as expressly provided herein, neither of Senior Creditor or Junior Creditor assumes any duties or responsibilities to the other regarding the financial condition of the Borrower, or regarding any collateral, or regarding any other circumstance bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the obligations of the Borrower to either of them and neither of them shall be deemed to be the agent of the other for any purpose.   Junior   Creditor waives any and all notice of the creation, modification, renewal or extension or accrual of any Obligations.  Junior Creditor hereby consents that, without notice to or further assent by Junior Creditor, the Obligations may from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, modified, compromised or released by Senior Creditor, as it may deem advisable, and that any collateral for the Obligations may from time to time, in whole or in part, be exchanged, sold, surrendered or released by Senior Creditor, as it may deem advisable, all without impairing, abridging, affecting or releasing the subordination contained in this agreement. 



This agreement (i) is entered into solely for the mutual benefit of, and shall be binding upon, Senior Creditor and Junior Creditor and the benefit of their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns , and neither the Borrower nor any other persons or entities whatsoever shall have any right, benefit, priority or interest under or because of the existence of this agreement; (ii) may be amended, modified or terminated only by a written instrument signed by all parties hereto and no waiver of any term or provision of this agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced; (iii)   constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; and (iv) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws of such state.



Very truly yours



ROSENTHAL & ROSENTHAL , INC .



[Subordination Agreement] 4


 

By: ____________________

Title: ____________________



AGREED:



STILLWATER TRUST LLC



By: ____________________

Title: ____________________





ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:



eMAGIN CORPORATION



By: ____________________

Title: ____________________



[Subordination Agreement] 5


EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Company

 

Virtual Vision, Inc. formed in the State of Delaware

 




Exhibit 23 .1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



We consent to the incorporation by reference in the   Registration Statement s (No. 333- 189300) on Form S-8 and (No s . 333-215261 and 333-196720) on Form S-3 of eMagin Corporation of our report dated March 28, 2017 , relating to the consolidated financial   statements of eMagin Corporation, appearing in th is Annual Report on Form 10-K of eMagin Corporation   for the year ended December 31, 20 16.  



/s/ RSM

Seattle, Washington

March 28, 2017


    EXHIBIT 31.1 

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

  

I, Andrew G. Sculley, certify that: 

  

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10- K of eMagin Corporation. 

  

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

  

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

  

4.       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;



b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;



c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and



d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): 



a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and



b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.     

      



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:  March 28 , 201 7

By:

/s/ Andrew G. Sculley

 

 

 

Andrew G. Sculley

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

   






EXHIBIT 31.2 

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE 

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

  

I, Jeffrey P. Lucas, certify that: 

  

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10- K of eMagin Corporation. 

  

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

  

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

  

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;



b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;



c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and



d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and



 

 



5.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): 



a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and



b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:  March 28 , 201 7

By:

/s/ Jeffrey P. Lucas

 

 

 

Jeffrey P. Lucas

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer       

 



 

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 




EXHIBIT 32.1 

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

 

In connection with the Annual Report of eMagin Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10- K for the period ended December 31 , 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Andrew G. Sculley, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 





 



 



 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350 and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:  March 28 , 201 7

By:

/s/ Andrew G. Sculley

 

 

 

Andrew G. Sculley

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 



 

  






EXHIBIT 32.2 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

 

In connection with the Annual Report of eMagin Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10- K for the period ended December 31 , 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jeffrey P. Lucas, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 





 



 



 



 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.



The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350 and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. 





 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:  March 28 , 2016

By:

/s/ Jeffrey P. Lucas

 

 

 

Jeffrey P. Lucas

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)